1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 156 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 157 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 158 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 159 if (FoundTypeDecl) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 162 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 } 165 } 166 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 167 return ParsedType(); 168 169 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 170 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 171 // lookup during template instantiation. 172 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 173 174 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 175 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 176 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 177 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 178 179 CXXScopeSpec SS; 180 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 181 182 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 183 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 184 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 185 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 186 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 187 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 188 } 189 190 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 191 /// return the declaration of that type. 192 /// 193 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 194 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 195 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 196 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 197 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 198 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 199 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 200 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 201 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 202 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 203 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 204 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 205 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 206 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 207 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 208 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 209 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 210 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 211 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 212 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 213 214 if (!LookupCtx) { 215 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 216 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 217 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 218 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 219 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 220 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 221 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 222 // 223 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 224 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 225 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 226 return ParsedType(); 227 228 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 229 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 230 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 231 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 232 233 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 234 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 235 II, NameLoc); 236 return ParsedType::make(T); 237 } 238 239 return ParsedType(); 240 } 241 242 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 243 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 244 return ParsedType(); 245 } 246 247 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 248 // lookup for class-names. 249 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 250 LookupOrdinaryName; 251 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 252 if (LookupCtx) { 253 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 254 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 255 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 256 // nested-name-specifier. 257 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 258 259 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 260 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 261 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 262 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 263 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 264 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 265 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 266 LookupName(Result, S); 267 } 268 } else { 269 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 270 LookupName(Result, S); 271 272 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 273 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 274 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 275 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 276 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 277 return TypeInBase; 278 } 279 } 280 281 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 282 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 283 case LookupResult::NotFound: 284 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 285 if (CorrectedII) { 286 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 287 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 288 Kind, S, SS, Validator, 289 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 290 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 291 TemplateTy Template; 292 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 293 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 294 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 295 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 296 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 297 if (SS && NNS) { 298 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 299 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 300 } 301 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 302 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 303 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 304 // is handled elsewhere). 305 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 306 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 307 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 308 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 309 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 310 IsCtorOrDtorName, 311 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 312 if (Ty) { 313 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 314 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 315 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 316 if (SS && NNS) 317 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 318 *CorrectedII = NewII; 319 return Ty; 320 } 321 } 322 } 323 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 324 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 325 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 326 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 327 return ParsedType(); 328 329 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 330 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 331 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 332 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 333 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 334 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 335 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 336 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 337 return ParsedType(); 338 } 339 340 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 341 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 342 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 343 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 344 if (!IIDecl || 345 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 346 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 347 IIDecl = *Res; 348 } 349 } 350 351 if (!IIDecl) { 352 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 353 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 354 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 355 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 356 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 357 // a type name. 358 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 return ParsedType(); 360 } 361 362 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 363 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 364 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 365 // perform the name lookup again. 366 break; 367 368 case LookupResult::Found: 369 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 370 break; 371 } 372 373 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 374 375 QualType T; 376 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 377 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 378 379 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 380 381 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 382 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 383 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 384 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 385 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 386 // Construct a type with type-source information. 387 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 388 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 389 390 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 391 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 392 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 393 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 394 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 395 } else { 396 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 397 } 398 } 399 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 400 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 401 if (!HasTrailingDot) 402 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 403 } 404 405 if (T.isNull()) { 406 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 407 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 408 return ParsedType(); 409 } 410 return ParsedType::make(T); 411 } 412 413 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 414 static NestedNameSpecifier * 415 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 416 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 417 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 418 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 419 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 420 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 421 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 422 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 423 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 424 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 425 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 426 } 427 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 428 } 429 430 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 431 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 432 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 433 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 434 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 435 436 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 437 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 438 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 439 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 440 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 441 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 442 443 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 444 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 445 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 446 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 447 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 448 449 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 450 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 451 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 452 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 453 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 454 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 455 } 456 457 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 458 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 459 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 460 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 461 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 462 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 463 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 464 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 465 LookupName(R, S, false); 466 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 467 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 468 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 469 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 470 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 471 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 472 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 473 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 474 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 475 } 476 } 477 478 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 479 } 480 481 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 482 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 483 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 484 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 485 /// @code 486 /// template<class T> class A { 487 /// public: 488 /// typedef int TYPE; 489 /// }; 490 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 491 /// public: 492 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 493 /// }; 494 /// @endcode 495 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 496 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 497 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 498 499 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 500 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 501 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 502 return true; 503 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 504 } 505 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 506 } 507 508 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 509 SourceLocation IILoc, 510 Scope *S, 511 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 512 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 513 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 514 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 515 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 516 517 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 518 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 519 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 520 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 521 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 522 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 523 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 524 // We corrected to a keyword. 525 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 526 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 527 } else { 528 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 529 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 530 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 531 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 532 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 533 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 534 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 535 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 536 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 537 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 538 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 539 } else { 540 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 541 } 542 543 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 544 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 545 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 546 SourceRange(IILoc)); 547 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 548 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 549 false, ParsedType(), 550 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 551 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 552 } 553 return; 554 } 555 556 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 557 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 558 UnqualifiedId Name; 559 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 560 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 561 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 562 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 563 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 564 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 565 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 566 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 567 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 568 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 569 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 570 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 571 } 572 return; 573 } 574 } 575 576 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 577 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 578 579 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 580 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 581 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 582 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 583 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 584 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 585 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 586 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 587 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 588 589 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 590 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 591 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 592 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 593 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 594 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 595 } else { 596 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 597 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 598 } 599 } 600 601 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 602 /// or 603 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 604 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 605 NextToken.is(tok::less); 606 607 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 608 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 609 return true; 610 611 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 612 return true; 613 } 614 615 return false; 616 } 617 618 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 619 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 620 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 621 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 622 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 623 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 624 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 625 StringRef FixItTagName; 626 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 627 case TTK_Class: 628 FixItTagName = "class "; 629 break; 630 631 case TTK_Enum: 632 FixItTagName = "enum "; 633 break; 634 635 case TTK_Struct: 636 FixItTagName = "struct "; 637 break; 638 639 case TTK_Interface: 640 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 641 break; 642 643 case TTK_Union: 644 FixItTagName = "union "; 645 break; 646 } 647 648 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 649 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 650 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 651 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 652 653 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 654 I != IEnd; ++I) 655 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 656 << Name << TagName; 657 658 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 659 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 660 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 668 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 671 672 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 673 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 674 675 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 676 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 677 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 678 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 679 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 680 } 681 682 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 683 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 684 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 685 SourceLocation NameLoc, 686 const Token &NextToken, 687 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 688 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 689 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 690 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 691 692 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 693 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 694 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 695 } 696 697 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 698 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 699 700 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 701 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 702 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 703 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 704 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 705 return TypeInBase; 706 } 707 708 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 709 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 710 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 711 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 712 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 713 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 714 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 715 return E; 716 } 717 718 bool SecondTry = false; 719 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 720 721 Corrected: 722 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 723 case LookupResult::NotFound: 724 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 725 // call. 726 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 727 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 728 // FIXME: Reference? 729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 730 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 731 732 // C90 6.3.2.2: 733 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 734 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 735 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 736 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 737 // the function call, the declaration 738 // 739 // extern int identifier (); 740 // 741 // appeared. 742 // 743 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 744 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 745 Result.addDecl(D); 746 Result.resolveKind(); 747 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 748 } 749 } 750 751 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 752 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 753 // "struct", or "union". 754 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 755 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 756 break; 757 } 758 759 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 760 // close to this name. 761 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 762 SecondTry = true; 763 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 764 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 765 &SS, *CCC, 766 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 767 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 768 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 769 770 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 771 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 772 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 773 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 774 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 775 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 776 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 777 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 778 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 779 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 780 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 781 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 782 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 783 } 784 785 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 786 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 787 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 788 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 789 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 790 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 791 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 792 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 793 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 794 } 795 796 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 797 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 798 799 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 800 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 801 return Name; 802 803 // Also update the LookupResult... 804 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 805 Result.clear(); 806 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 807 if (FirstDecl) 808 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 809 810 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 811 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 812 // reference the ivar. 813 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 814 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 815 Result.clear(); 816 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 817 return E; 818 } 819 820 goto Corrected; 821 } 822 } 823 824 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 825 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 826 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 827 828 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 829 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 830 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 831 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 832 833 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 834 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 835 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 836 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 837 // qualified by the keyword typename. 838 // 839 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 840 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 841 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 842 // keyword here. 843 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 844 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 845 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 846 } 847 848 case LookupResult::Found: 849 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 850 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 851 break; 852 853 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 855 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 856 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 857 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 858 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 859 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 860 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 861 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 862 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 863 // ambiguous. 864 // 865 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 866 // so try again after filtering out template names. 867 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 868 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 869 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 870 break; 871 } 872 } 873 874 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 875 return NameClassification::Error(); 876 } 877 878 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 879 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 880 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 881 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 882 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 883 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 884 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 885 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 886 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 887 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 888 889 if (!Result.empty()) { 890 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 891 bool IsVarTemplate; 892 TemplateName Template; 893 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 894 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 895 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 896 Result.end()); 897 } else { 898 TemplateDecl *TD 899 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 900 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 901 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 902 903 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 904 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 905 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 906 TD); 907 else 908 Template = TemplateName(TD); 909 } 910 911 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 912 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 913 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 914 // to based on which function we selected. 915 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 916 917 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 918 } 919 920 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 921 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 922 } 923 } 924 925 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 926 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 927 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 928 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 929 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 930 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 931 return ParsedType::make(T); 932 } 933 934 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 935 if (!Class) { 936 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 937 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 938 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 939 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 940 } 941 942 if (Class) { 943 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 944 945 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 946 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 947 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 948 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 949 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 950 } 951 952 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 953 return ParsedType::make(T); 954 } 955 956 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 957 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 958 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 959 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 960 961 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 962 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 963 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 964 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 965 (NextIsOp && 966 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 967 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 968 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 969 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 970 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 971 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 972 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 973 return ParsedType::make(T); 974 } 975 976 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 977 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 978 nullptr); 979 980 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 981 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 982 } 983 984 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 985 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 986 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 987 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 988 989 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 990 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 991 // the context we'll need to return to. 992 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 993 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 994 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 995 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 996 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 997 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 998 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 999 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1000 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1001 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1002 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1003 1004 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1005 // lexical context. 1006 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1007 return DC; 1008 1009 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1010 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1011 // class is the context we need to return to. 1012 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1013 DC = RD; 1014 1015 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1016 // declared in. 1017 return DC; 1018 } 1019 1020 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1021 } 1022 1023 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1024 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1025 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1026 CurContext = DC; 1027 S->setEntity(DC); 1028 } 1029 1030 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1031 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1032 1033 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1034 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1035 } 1036 1037 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1038 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1039 /// 1040 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1041 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1042 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1043 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1044 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1045 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1046 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1047 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1048 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1049 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1050 // namespace. 1051 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1052 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1053 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1054 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1055 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1056 1057 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1058 1059 #ifndef NDEBUG 1060 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1061 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1062 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1063 #endif 1064 1065 CurContext = DC; 1066 S->setEntity(DC); 1067 } 1068 1069 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1070 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1071 1072 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1073 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1074 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1075 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1076 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1077 1078 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1079 // disappear. 1080 } 1081 1082 1083 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1084 // We assume that the caller has already called 1085 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1086 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1087 if (!FD) 1088 return; 1089 1090 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1091 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1092 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1093 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1094 CurContext = FD; 1095 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1096 1097 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1098 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1099 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1100 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1101 S->AddDecl(Param); 1102 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1103 } 1104 } 1105 } 1106 1107 1108 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1109 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1110 // rather than the top-level class. 1111 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1112 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1113 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1114 } 1115 1116 1117 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1118 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1119 /// 1120 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1121 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1122 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1123 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1124 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1125 /// attribute. 1126 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1127 ASTContext &Context) { 1128 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1129 return true; 1130 1131 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1132 return true; 1133 1134 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1135 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1136 } 1137 1138 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1139 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1140 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1141 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1142 // scope. 1143 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1144 S = S->getParent(); 1145 1146 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1147 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1148 // into any context. 1149 if (AddToContext) 1150 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1151 1152 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1153 // are function-local declarations. 1154 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1155 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1156 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1157 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1158 return; 1159 1160 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1161 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1162 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1163 return; 1164 1165 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1166 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1167 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1168 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1169 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1170 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1171 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1172 1173 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1174 break; 1175 } 1176 } 1177 1178 S->AddDecl(D); 1179 1180 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1181 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1182 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1183 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1184 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1185 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1186 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1187 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1188 continue; 1189 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1190 break; 1191 } 1192 1193 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1194 } else { 1195 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1196 } 1197 } 1198 1199 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1200 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1201 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1202 } 1203 1204 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1205 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1206 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1207 } 1208 1209 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1210 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1211 do { 1212 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1213 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1214 return S; 1215 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1216 1217 return nullptr; 1218 } 1219 1220 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1221 DeclContext*, 1222 ASTContext&); 1223 1224 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1225 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1226 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1227 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1228 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1229 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1230 while (F.hasNext()) { 1231 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1232 1233 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1234 continue; 1235 1236 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1237 continue; 1238 1239 F.erase(); 1240 } 1241 1242 F.done(); 1243 } 1244 1245 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1246 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1247 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1248 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1249 } 1250 1251 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1252 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1253 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1254 while (F.hasNext()) 1255 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1256 F.erase(); 1257 1258 F.done(); 1259 } 1260 1261 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1262 /// @code 1263 /// class S { 1264 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1265 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1266 /// }; 1267 /// @endcode 1268 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1269 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1270 // the decl here. 1271 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1272 return false; 1273 1274 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1275 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1276 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1277 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1278 return false; 1279 } 1280 1281 // We need this to handle 1282 // 1283 // typedef struct { 1284 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1285 // } A; 1286 // 1287 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1288 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1289 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1290 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1291 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1292 // not. 1293 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1294 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1295 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1296 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1297 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1298 return true; 1299 } 1300 DC = DC->getParent(); 1301 } 1302 1303 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1304 } 1305 1306 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1307 // these semantics. 1308 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1309 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1310 return false; 1311 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1312 } 1313 1314 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1315 assert(D); 1316 1317 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1318 return false; 1319 1320 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1321 // of members of class templates. 1322 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1323 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1324 return false; 1325 1326 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1327 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1328 return false; 1329 1330 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1331 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1332 return false; 1333 } else { 1334 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1335 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1336 return false; 1337 } 1338 1339 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1340 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1341 return false; 1342 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1343 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1344 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1345 // like "inline".) 1346 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1347 return false; 1348 1349 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1350 return false; 1351 1352 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1353 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1354 return false; 1355 } else { 1356 return false; 1357 } 1358 1359 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1360 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1361 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1362 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1363 } 1364 1365 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1366 if (!D) 1367 return; 1368 1369 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1370 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1371 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1372 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1373 } 1374 1375 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1376 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1377 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1378 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1379 } 1380 1381 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1382 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1383 } 1384 1385 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1386 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1390 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1394 return true; 1395 1396 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1397 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1398 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1399 return false; 1400 1401 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1402 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1403 1404 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1405 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1406 1407 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1408 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1409 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1410 return false; 1411 } 1412 1413 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1414 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1415 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1416 return false; 1417 1418 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1419 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1420 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1421 return false; 1422 1423 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1424 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1425 return false; 1426 1427 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1428 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1429 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1430 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1431 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1432 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1433 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1434 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1435 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1436 return false; 1437 } 1438 } 1439 } 1440 } 1441 1442 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1443 } 1444 1445 return true; 1446 } 1447 1448 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1449 FixItHint &Hint) { 1450 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1451 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1452 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1453 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1454 return; 1455 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1456 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1457 } 1458 return; 1459 } 1460 1461 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1462 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1463 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1464 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1465 return; 1466 1467 FixItHint Hint; 1468 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1469 1470 unsigned DiagID; 1471 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1472 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1473 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1474 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1475 else 1476 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1477 1478 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1479 } 1480 1481 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1482 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1483 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1484 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1485 if (L->getStmt() == nullptr) 1486 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1487 } 1488 1489 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1490 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1491 1492 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1493 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1494 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1495 1496 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1497 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1498 1499 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1500 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1501 1502 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1503 1504 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1505 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1506 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1507 1508 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1509 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1510 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1511 1512 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1513 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1518 /// 1519 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1520 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1521 /// to the fixed name. 1522 /// 1523 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1524 /// 1525 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1526 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1527 /// 1528 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1529 /// class could not be found. 1530 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1531 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1532 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1533 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1534 // creation from this context. 1535 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1536 1537 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1538 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1539 // find an Objective-C class name. 1540 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1541 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1542 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1543 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1544 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1545 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1546 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1550 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1551 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1552 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1553 return Def; 1554 } 1555 1556 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1557 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1558 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1559 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1560 /// ill-formed in C++: 1561 /// @code 1562 /// struct S6 { 1563 /// enum { BAR } e; 1564 /// }; 1565 /// 1566 /// void test_S6() { 1567 /// struct S6 a; 1568 /// a.e = BAR; 1569 /// } 1570 /// @endcode 1571 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1572 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1573 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1574 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1575 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1576 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1577 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1578 /// contain non-field names. 1579 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1580 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1581 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1582 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1583 S = S->getParent(); 1584 return S; 1585 } 1586 1587 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1588 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1589 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1590 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1591 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1592 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1593 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1594 return; 1595 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1596 1597 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1598 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1599 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1600 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1601 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1602 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1603 } 1604 1605 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1606 switch (Error) { 1607 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1608 return ""; 1609 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1610 return "stdio.h"; 1611 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1612 return "setjmp.h"; 1613 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1614 return "ucontext.h"; 1615 } 1616 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1617 } 1618 1619 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1620 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1621 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1622 /// built-in. 1623 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1624 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1625 SourceLocation Loc) { 1626 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1627 1628 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1629 1630 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1631 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1632 if (Error) { 1633 if (ForRedeclaration) 1634 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1635 << getHeaderName(Error) 1636 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1637 return nullptr; 1638 } 1639 1640 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1641 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1642 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1643 << R; 1644 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1645 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1646 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1647 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1648 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1649 } 1650 1651 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1653 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1654 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1655 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1656 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1657 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1658 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1659 } 1660 1661 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1662 Parent, 1663 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1664 SC_Extern, 1665 false, 1666 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1667 New->setImplicit(); 1668 1669 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1670 // FunctionDecl. 1671 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1672 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1673 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1674 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1675 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1676 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1677 SC_None, nullptr); 1678 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1679 Params.push_back(parm); 1680 } 1681 New->setParams(Params); 1682 } 1683 1684 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1685 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1686 1687 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1688 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1689 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1690 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1691 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1692 CurContext = Parent; 1693 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1694 CurContext = SavedContext; 1695 return New; 1696 } 1697 1698 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1699 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1700 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1701 /// entity. 1702 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1703 NamedDecl *decl, 1704 LookupResult &previous){ 1705 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1706 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1707 return; 1708 1709 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1710 if (previous.empty()) 1711 return; 1712 1713 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1714 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1715 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1716 1717 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1718 if (!old->isHidden()) 1719 continue; 1720 1721 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1722 filter.erase(); 1723 } 1724 1725 filter.done(); 1726 } 1727 1728 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1729 QualType OldType; 1730 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1731 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1732 else 1733 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1734 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1735 1736 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1737 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1738 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1739 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1740 << Kind << NewType; 1741 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1742 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1743 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1744 return true; 1745 } 1746 1747 if (OldType != NewType && 1748 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1749 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1750 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1751 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1753 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1754 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1755 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1756 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1757 return true; 1758 } 1759 return false; 1760 } 1761 1762 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1763 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1764 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1765 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1766 /// 1767 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1768 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1769 // merging checks. 1770 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1771 1772 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1773 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1774 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1775 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1776 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1777 default: break; 1778 case 2: 1779 { 1780 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1781 break; 1782 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1783 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1784 break; 1785 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1786 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1787 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1788 break; 1789 } 1790 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1791 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1792 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1793 return; 1794 } 1795 case 5: 1796 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1797 break; 1798 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1799 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1800 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1801 return; 1802 case 3: 1803 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1804 break; 1805 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1806 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1807 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1808 return; 1809 } 1810 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1811 } 1812 1813 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1814 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1815 if (!Old) { 1816 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1817 << New->getDeclName(); 1818 1819 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1820 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1821 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1822 1823 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1824 } 1825 1826 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1827 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1828 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1829 1830 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1831 // with any extensions enabled. 1832 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1833 return; 1834 1835 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1836 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1837 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1838 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1839 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1840 } 1841 1842 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1843 return; 1844 1845 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1846 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1847 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1848 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1849 // to the type to which it already refers. 1850 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1851 return; 1852 1853 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1854 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1855 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1856 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1857 // 1858 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1859 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1860 // 1861 // struct S { 1862 // typedef struct A { } A; 1863 // }; 1864 // 1865 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1866 // allow the above but disallow 1867 // 1868 // struct S { 1869 // typedef int I; 1870 // typedef int I; 1871 // }; 1872 // 1873 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1874 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1875 return; 1876 1877 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1878 << New->getDeclName(); 1879 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1880 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1881 } 1882 1883 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1884 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1885 return; 1886 1887 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1888 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1889 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1890 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1891 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1892 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1893 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1894 return; 1895 1896 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1897 << New->getDeclName(); 1898 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1899 return; 1900 } 1901 1902 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1903 /// attribute. 1904 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1905 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1906 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1907 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1908 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1909 if (Ann) { 1910 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1911 return true; 1912 continue; 1913 } 1914 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1915 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1916 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1917 return true; 1918 } 1919 1920 return false; 1921 } 1922 1923 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1924 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1925 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1926 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1927 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1928 return true; 1929 } 1930 1931 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1932 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1933 /// 1934 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1935 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1936 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1937 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1938 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 1939 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 1940 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1941 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1942 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1943 // in a case like: 1944 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1945 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1946 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1947 // definition in such a case. 1948 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1949 return false; 1950 1951 if (I->isAlignas()) 1952 OldAlignasAttr = I; 1953 1954 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1955 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1956 OldAlign = Align; 1957 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 1958 } 1959 } 1960 1961 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1962 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 1963 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1964 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1965 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1966 return false; 1967 1968 if (I->isAlignas()) 1969 NewAlignasAttr = I; 1970 1971 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1972 if (Align > NewAlign) 1973 NewAlign = Align; 1974 } 1975 1976 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1977 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1978 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1979 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1980 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1981 1982 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1983 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1984 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1985 QualType Ty; 1986 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1987 Ty = VD->getType(); 1988 else 1989 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1990 1991 if (OldAlign == 0) 1992 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1993 if (NewAlign == 0) 1994 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1995 } 1996 1997 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1998 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1999 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2000 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2001 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2002 } 2003 } 2004 2005 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2006 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2007 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2008 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2009 // equivalent alignment. 2010 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2011 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2012 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2013 // have no alignment specifier. 2014 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2015 << OldAlignasAttr; 2016 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2017 << OldAlignasAttr; 2018 } 2019 2020 bool AnyAdded = false; 2021 2022 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2023 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2024 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2025 Clone->setInherited(true); 2026 New->addAttr(Clone); 2027 AnyAdded = true; 2028 } 2029 2030 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2031 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2032 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2033 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2034 Clone->setInherited(true); 2035 New->addAttr(Clone); 2036 AnyAdded = true; 2037 } 2038 2039 return AnyAdded; 2040 } 2041 2042 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2043 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2044 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2045 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2046 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2047 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2048 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2049 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2050 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2051 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2052 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2053 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2054 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2055 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2056 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2057 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2058 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2059 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2060 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2061 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2062 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2063 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2064 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2065 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2066 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2067 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2068 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2069 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2070 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2071 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2072 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2073 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2074 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2075 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2076 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2077 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2078 NewAttr = nullptr; 2079 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2080 NewAttr = nullptr; 2081 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2082 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2083 2084 if (NewAttr) { 2085 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2086 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2087 return true; 2088 } 2089 2090 return false; 2091 } 2092 2093 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2094 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2095 return TD->getDefinition(); 2096 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2097 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2098 if (Def) 2099 return Def; 2100 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2101 } 2102 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2103 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2104 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2105 return Def; 2106 } 2107 return nullptr; 2108 } 2109 2110 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2111 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2112 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2113 return true; 2114 return false; 2115 } 2116 2117 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2118 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2119 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2120 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2121 return; 2122 2123 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2124 if (!Def || Def == New) 2125 return; 2126 2127 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2128 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2129 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2130 2131 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2132 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2133 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2134 else { 2135 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2136 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2137 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2138 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2139 : diag::err_redefinition; 2140 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2141 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2142 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2143 } 2144 ++I; 2145 continue; 2146 } 2147 2148 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2149 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2150 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2151 ++I; 2152 continue; 2153 } 2154 } 2155 2156 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2157 ++I; 2158 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2159 } 2160 2161 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2162 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2163 ++I; 2164 continue; 2165 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2166 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2167 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2168 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2169 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2170 // equivalent alignment. 2171 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2172 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2173 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2174 // have no alignment specifier. 2175 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2176 << AA; 2177 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2178 << AA; 2179 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2180 --E; 2181 continue; 2182 } 2183 } 2184 2185 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2186 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2187 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2188 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2189 --E; 2190 } 2191 } 2192 2193 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2194 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2195 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2196 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2197 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2198 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2199 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2200 } 2201 2202 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2203 return; 2204 2205 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2206 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2207 2208 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2209 return; 2210 2211 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2212 2213 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2214 // we process them. 2215 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2216 2217 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2218 bool Override = false; 2219 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2220 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2221 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2222 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2223 switch (AMK) { 2224 case AMK_None: 2225 continue; 2226 2227 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2228 break; 2229 2230 case AMK_Override: 2231 Override = true; 2232 break; 2233 } 2234 } 2235 2236 // Already handled. 2237 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2238 continue; 2239 2240 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2241 foundAny = true; 2242 } 2243 2244 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2245 foundAny = true; 2246 2247 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2248 } 2249 2250 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2251 /// to the new one. 2252 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2253 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2254 Sema &S) { 2255 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2256 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2257 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2258 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2259 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2260 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2261 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2262 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2263 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2264 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2265 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2266 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2267 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2268 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2269 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2270 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2271 } 2272 2273 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2274 return; 2275 2276 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2277 2278 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2279 // done before we process them. 2280 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2281 2282 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2283 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2284 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2285 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2286 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2287 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2288 foundAny = true; 2289 } 2290 } 2291 2292 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2293 } 2294 2295 namespace { 2296 2297 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2298 /// C. 2299 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2300 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2301 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2302 QualType PromotedType; 2303 }; 2304 2305 } 2306 2307 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2308 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2309 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2310 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2311 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2312 2313 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2314 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2315 2316 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2317 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2318 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2319 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2320 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2321 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2322 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2323 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2324 } 2325 2326 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2327 } 2328 2329 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2330 // declaration, or a declaration. 2331 template <typename T> 2332 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2333 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2334 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2335 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2336 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2337 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2338 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2339 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2340 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2341 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2342 } else 2343 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2344 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2345 } 2346 2347 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2348 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2349 /// GNU89 mode. 2350 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2351 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2352 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2353 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2354 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2355 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2356 } 2357 2358 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2359 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2360 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2361 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2362 return AT; 2363 } 2364 2365 template <typename T> 2366 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2367 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2368 if (DC->isRecord()) 2369 return false; 2370 2371 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2372 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2373 return true; 2374 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2375 return true; 2376 return false; 2377 } 2378 2379 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2380 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2381 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2382 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2383 /// 2384 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2385 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2386 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2387 /// merged with. 2388 /// 2389 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2390 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2391 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2392 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2393 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2394 if (!Old) { 2395 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2396 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2397 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2398 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2399 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2400 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2401 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2402 return true; 2403 } 2404 2405 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2406 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2407 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2408 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2409 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2410 2411 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2412 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2413 if (Old && 2414 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2415 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2416 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2417 Old = nullptr; 2418 2419 if (!Old) { 2420 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2421 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2422 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2423 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2424 return true; 2425 } 2426 OldD = Old; 2427 } else { 2428 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2429 << New->getDeclName(); 2430 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2431 return true; 2432 } 2433 } 2434 2435 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2436 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2437 return true; 2438 2439 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2440 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2441 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2442 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2443 2444 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2445 // is an extern inline function. 2446 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2447 // storage classes. 2448 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2449 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2450 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2451 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2452 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2453 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2454 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2455 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2456 } else { 2457 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2458 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2459 return true; 2460 } 2461 } 2462 2463 2464 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2465 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2466 // convention of the first. 2467 // 2468 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2469 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2470 // 2471 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2472 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2473 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2474 // 2475 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2476 // other tests to run. 2477 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2478 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2479 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2480 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2481 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2482 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2483 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2484 2485 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2486 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2487 const FunctionType *FT = 2488 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2489 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2490 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2491 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2492 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2493 // there but not here. 2494 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2495 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2496 } else { 2497 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2498 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2500 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2501 << !FirstCCExplicit 2502 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2503 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2504 2505 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2506 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2507 return true; 2508 } 2509 } 2510 2511 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2512 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2513 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2514 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2515 } 2516 2517 // Merge regparm attribute. 2518 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2519 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2520 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2522 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2523 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2524 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2525 return true; 2526 } 2527 2528 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2529 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2530 } 2531 2532 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2533 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2534 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2535 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2536 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2537 return true; 2538 } 2539 2540 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2541 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2542 } 2543 2544 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2545 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2546 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2547 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2548 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2549 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2550 } 2551 2552 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2553 // UndefinedButUsed. 2554 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2555 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2556 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2557 Old->isUsed(false) && 2558 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2559 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2560 SourceLocation())); 2561 2562 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2563 // about it. 2564 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2565 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2566 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2567 } 2568 2569 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2570 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2571 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2572 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2573 // cannot be overloaded. 2574 2575 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2576 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2577 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2578 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2579 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2580 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2581 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2582 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2583 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2584 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2585 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2586 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2587 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2588 QualType ResQT; 2589 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2590 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2591 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2592 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2593 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2594 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2595 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2596 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2597 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2598 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2599 else 2600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2601 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2602 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2603 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2604 return true; 2605 } 2606 else 2607 NewQType = ResQT; 2608 } 2609 2610 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2611 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2612 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2613 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2614 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2615 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2616 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2617 New->setType( 2618 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2619 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2620 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2621 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2622 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2623 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2624 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2625 } 2626 } 2627 2628 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2629 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2630 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2631 // Preserve triviality. 2632 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2633 2634 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2635 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2636 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2637 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2638 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2639 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2640 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2641 2642 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2643 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2644 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2645 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2646 // is a static member function declaration. 2647 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2649 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2650 return true; 2651 } 2652 2653 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2654 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2655 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2656 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2657 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2658 unsigned NewDiag; 2659 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2660 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2661 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2662 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2663 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2664 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2665 else 2666 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2667 2668 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2669 } else { 2670 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2671 << New << New->getType(); 2672 } 2673 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2674 2675 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2676 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2677 // 2678 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2679 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2680 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2681 if (isFriend) { 2682 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2683 } else { 2684 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2685 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2686 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2687 return true; 2688 } 2689 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2690 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2691 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2692 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2693 return true; 2694 } 2695 } 2696 2697 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2698 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2699 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2700 // attribute. 2701 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2702 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2703 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2704 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2705 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2706 } 2707 2708 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2709 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2710 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2711 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2712 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2713 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2714 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2715 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2716 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2717 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2718 } 2719 2720 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2721 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2722 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2723 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2724 2725 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2726 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2727 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2728 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2729 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2730 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2731 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2732 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2733 } 2734 2735 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2736 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2737 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2738 // 2739 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2740 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2741 // linkage within class scope. 2742 // 2743 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2744 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2745 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2746 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2747 } else { 2748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2749 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2750 return true; 2751 } 2752 } 2753 2754 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2755 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2756 2757 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2758 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2759 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2760 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2761 // when we instantiate the function. 2762 return false; 2763 } 2764 2765 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2766 } 2767 2768 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2769 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2770 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2771 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2772 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2773 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2774 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2775 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2776 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2777 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2778 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2779 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2780 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2781 NewQType = 2782 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2783 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2784 New->setType(NewQType); 2785 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2786 2787 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2788 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2789 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2790 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2791 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2792 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2793 SC_None, nullptr); 2794 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2795 Param->setImplicit(); 2796 Params.push_back(Param); 2797 } 2798 2799 New->setParams(Params); 2800 } 2801 2802 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2803 } 2804 2805 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2806 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2807 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2808 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2809 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2810 // the prototype. 2811 // 2812 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2813 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2814 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2815 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2816 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2817 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2818 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2819 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2820 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2821 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2822 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2823 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2824 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2825 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2826 2827 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2828 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2829 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2830 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2831 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2832 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2833 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2834 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2835 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2836 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2837 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2838 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2839 NewParm->getType(), 2840 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2841 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2842 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2843 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2844 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2845 } else 2846 LooseCompatible = false; 2847 } 2848 2849 if (LooseCompatible) { 2850 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2851 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2852 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2853 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2854 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2855 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2856 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2857 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2858 } 2859 2860 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2861 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2862 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2863 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2864 } 2865 2866 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2867 } 2868 2869 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2870 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2871 2872 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2873 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2874 unsigned BuiltinID; 2875 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2876 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2877 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2878 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2879 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2880 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2881 << Old << Old->getType(); 2882 2883 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2884 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2885 // 2886 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2887 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2888 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2889 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2890 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2891 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2892 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2893 2894 return false; 2895 } 2896 2897 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2898 } 2899 2900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2901 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2902 return true; 2903 } 2904 2905 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2906 /// known to be compatible. 2907 /// 2908 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2909 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2910 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2911 /// redeclaration of Old. 2912 /// 2913 /// \returns false 2914 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2915 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2916 // Merge the attributes 2917 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2918 2919 // Merge "pure" flag. 2920 if (Old->isPure()) 2921 New->setPure(); 2922 2923 // Merge "used" flag. 2924 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2925 New->setIsUsed(); 2926 2927 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2928 // declarations. 2929 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2930 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2931 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2932 *this); 2933 2934 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2935 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2936 2937 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2938 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2939 // was visible. 2940 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2941 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2942 New->setType(Merged); 2943 2944 return false; 2945 } 2946 2947 2948 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2949 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2950 2951 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2952 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2953 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2954 : AMK_Override; 2955 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2956 2957 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2958 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2959 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2960 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2961 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2962 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2963 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2964 2965 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2966 } 2967 2968 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2969 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2970 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2971 /// 2972 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2973 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2974 /// is attached. 2975 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 2976 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2977 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2978 return; 2979 2980 QualType MergedT; 2981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2982 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2983 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2984 return; 2985 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2986 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2987 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2988 } 2989 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2990 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2991 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2992 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2993 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2994 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2995 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2996 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2997 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2998 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2999 NewArray->getElementType())) 3000 MergedT = New->getType(); 3001 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3002 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3003 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3004 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3005 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3006 NewArray->getElementType())) 3007 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3008 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3009 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3010 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3011 Old->getType()); 3012 } 3013 } else { 3014 // C 6.2.7p2: 3015 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3016 // compatible type. 3017 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3018 } 3019 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3020 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3021 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3022 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3023 // equivalent. 3024 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3025 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3026 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3027 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3028 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3029 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3030 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3031 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3032 return; 3033 } 3034 3035 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3036 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3037 // 3038 // extern int arr[]; 3039 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3040 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3041 // 3042 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3043 // to diagnose it. 3044 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3045 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3046 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3047 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3048 } 3049 3050 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3051 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3052 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3053 New->setType(MergedT); 3054 } 3055 3056 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3057 LookupResult &Previous) { 3058 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3059 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3060 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3061 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3062 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3063 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3064 // 3065 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3066 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3067 return false; 3068 3069 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3070 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3071 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3072 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3073 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3074 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3075 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3076 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3077 } else { 3078 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3079 // type unless we're in the same function. 3080 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3081 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3082 } 3083 } 3084 3085 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3086 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3087 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3088 /// 3089 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3090 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3091 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3092 /// 3093 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3094 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3095 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3096 return; 3097 3098 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3099 3100 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3101 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3102 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3103 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3104 if (NewTemplate) { 3105 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3106 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3107 } else 3108 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3109 } 3110 if (!Old) { 3111 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3112 << New->getDeclName(); 3113 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3114 diag::note_previous_definition); 3115 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3116 } 3117 3118 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3119 return; 3120 3121 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3122 if (NewTemplate && 3123 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3124 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3125 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3126 return; 3127 3128 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3129 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3130 // 3131 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3132 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3133 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3134 << New->getIdentifier(); 3135 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3136 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3137 } 3138 3139 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3140 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3141 // declaration 3142 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3143 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3144 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3145 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3146 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3147 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3148 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3149 } 3150 3151 // Merge the types. 3152 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3153 3154 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3155 return; 3156 3157 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3158 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3159 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3160 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3161 3162 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3163 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3164 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3165 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3166 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3167 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3168 << New->getDeclName(); 3169 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3170 } else { 3171 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3172 << New->getDeclName(); 3173 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3174 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3175 } 3176 } 3177 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3178 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3179 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3180 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3181 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3182 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3183 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3184 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3185 // identifier has external linkage. 3186 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3187 /* Okay */; 3188 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3189 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3190 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3191 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3192 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3193 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3194 } 3195 3196 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3197 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3198 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3200 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3201 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3202 } 3203 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3204 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3205 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3206 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3207 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3208 } 3209 3210 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3211 3212 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3213 // need to check for mismatches. 3214 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3215 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3216 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3217 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3219 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3220 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3221 } 3222 3223 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3224 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3226 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3227 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3229 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3230 } else { 3231 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3232 // static and dynamic initialization. 3233 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3234 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3235 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3236 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3237 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3238 } 3239 } 3240 3241 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3242 const VarDecl *Def; 3243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3244 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3245 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3246 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3247 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3248 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3249 return; 3250 } 3251 3252 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3253 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3254 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3255 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3256 return; 3257 } 3258 3259 // Merge "used" flag. 3260 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3261 New->setIsUsed(); 3262 3263 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3264 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3265 if (NewTemplate) 3266 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3267 3268 // Inherit access appropriately. 3269 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3270 if (NewTemplate) 3271 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3272 } 3273 3274 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3275 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3276 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3277 DeclSpec &DS) { 3278 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3279 } 3280 3281 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3282 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3283 return; 3284 3285 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3286 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3287 // it is anonymous. 3288 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3289 return; 3290 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3291 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3292 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3293 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3294 return; 3295 } 3296 3297 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3298 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3299 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3300 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3301 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3302 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3303 Tag, 3304 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3305 } 3306 } 3307 3308 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3309 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3310 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3311 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3312 DeclSpec &DS, 3313 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3314 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3315 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3316 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3317 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3318 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3319 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3320 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3321 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3322 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3323 3324 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3325 return nullptr; 3326 3327 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3328 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3329 // it's a Type. 3330 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3331 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3332 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3333 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3334 } 3335 3336 if (Tag) { 3337 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3338 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3339 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3340 return Tag; 3341 } 3342 3343 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3344 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3345 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3346 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3347 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3348 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3349 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3350 } 3351 3352 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3353 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3354 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3355 if (Tag) 3356 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3357 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3358 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3359 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3360 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3361 else 3362 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3363 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3364 return TagD; 3365 } 3366 3367 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3368 3369 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3370 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3371 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3372 if (TagD && !Tag) 3373 return nullptr; 3374 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3375 } 3376 3377 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3378 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3379 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3380 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3381 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3382 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3383 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3384 // or an explicit specialization. 3385 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3386 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3387 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3388 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3389 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3390 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3391 << SS.getRange(); 3392 return nullptr; 3393 } 3394 3395 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3396 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3397 3398 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3399 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3400 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3401 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3402 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3403 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3404 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3405 3406 DeclaresAnything = false; 3407 } 3408 } 3409 3410 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3411 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3412 CurContext->isRecord() && 3413 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3414 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3415 // struct STRUCT; 3416 // and 3417 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3418 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3419 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3420 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3421 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3422 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3423 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3424 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3425 } 3426 } 3427 3428 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3429 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3430 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3431 return TagD; 3432 3433 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3434 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3435 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3436 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3437 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3438 DeclaresAnything = false; 3439 3440 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3441 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3442 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3443 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3444 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3445 else 3446 DeclaresAnything = false; 3447 } 3448 3449 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3450 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3451 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3452 << Tag->getTagKind() 3453 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3454 3455 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3456 3457 // C 6.7/2: 3458 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3459 // or the members of an enumeration. 3460 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3461 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3462 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3463 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3464 // previous declaration. 3465 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3466 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3467 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3468 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3469 return TagD; 3470 } 3471 3472 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3473 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3474 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3475 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3476 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3477 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3478 // 3479 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3480 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3481 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3482 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3483 3484 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3485 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3486 // useless. 3487 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3488 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3489 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3490 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3491 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3492 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3493 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3494 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3495 } 3496 3497 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3498 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3499 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3500 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3501 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3502 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3503 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3504 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3505 // Restrict is covered above. 3506 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3507 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3508 } 3509 3510 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3511 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3512 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3513 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3514 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3515 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3516 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3517 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3518 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3519 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3520 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3521 while (attrs) { 3522 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3523 << attrs->getName() 3524 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3525 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3526 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3527 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3528 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3529 } 3530 } 3531 } 3532 3533 return TagD; 3534 } 3535 3536 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3537 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3538 /// 3539 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3540 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3541 Scope *S, 3542 DeclContext *Owner, 3543 DeclarationName Name, 3544 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3545 unsigned diagnostic) { 3546 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3547 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3548 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3549 3550 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3551 return false; 3552 3553 // Pick a representative declaration. 3554 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3555 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3556 3557 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3558 return false; 3559 3560 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3561 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3562 3563 return true; 3564 } 3565 3566 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3567 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3568 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3569 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3570 /// struct, e.g., 3571 /// 3572 /// @code 3573 /// union { 3574 /// int i; 3575 /// float f; 3576 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3577 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3578 /// @endcode 3579 /// 3580 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3581 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3582 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3583 DeclContext *Owner, 3584 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3585 AccessSpecifier AS, 3586 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3587 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3588 unsigned diagKind 3589 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3590 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3591 3592 bool Invalid = false; 3593 3594 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3595 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3596 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3597 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3598 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3599 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3600 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3601 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3602 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3603 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3604 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3605 Invalid = true; 3606 } else { 3607 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3608 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3609 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3610 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3611 // anonymous union is declared. 3612 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3613 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3614 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3615 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3616 else 3617 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3618 3619 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3620 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3621 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3622 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3623 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3624 3625 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3626 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3627 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3628 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3629 3630 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3631 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3632 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3633 3634 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3635 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3636 3637 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3638 } 3639 } 3640 } 3641 3642 return Invalid; 3643 } 3644 3645 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3646 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3647 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3648 static StorageClass 3649 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3650 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3651 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3652 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3653 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3654 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3655 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3656 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3657 return SC_None; 3658 return SC_Extern; 3659 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3660 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3661 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3662 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3663 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3664 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3665 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3666 } 3667 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3668 } 3669 3670 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3671 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3672 3673 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3674 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3675 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3676 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3677 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3678 return FD->getLocation(); 3679 } 3680 3681 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3682 } 3683 3684 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3685 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3686 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3687 return; 3688 3689 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3690 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3691 } 3692 3693 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3694 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3695 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3696 return; 3697 3698 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3699 } 3700 3701 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3702 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3703 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3704 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3705 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3706 AccessSpecifier AS, 3707 RecordDecl *Record, 3708 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3709 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3710 3711 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3712 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3713 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3714 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3715 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3716 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3717 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3718 3719 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3720 // structs/unions. 3721 bool Invalid = false; 3722 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3723 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3724 unsigned DiagID; 3725 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3726 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3727 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3728 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3729 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3730 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3731 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3732 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3733 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3734 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3735 3736 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3737 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3738 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3739 } 3740 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3741 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3742 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3743 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3744 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3745 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3746 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3747 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3748 3749 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3750 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3751 SourceLocation(), 3752 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3753 } 3754 } 3755 3756 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3757 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3758 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3759 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3760 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3761 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3762 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3763 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3764 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3765 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3766 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3767 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3768 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3769 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3770 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3771 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3772 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3773 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3774 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3775 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3776 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3777 3778 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3779 } 3780 3781 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3782 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3783 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3784 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3785 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3786 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3787 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3788 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3789 // members (clause 11). 3790 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3791 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3792 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3793 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3794 Invalid = true; 3795 } 3796 3797 // C++ [class.union]p1 3798 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3799 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3800 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3801 // array of such objects. 3802 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3803 Invalid = true; 3804 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3805 // Any implicit members are fine. 3806 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3807 // This is a type that showed up in an 3808 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3809 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3810 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3811 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3812 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3813 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3814 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3815 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3816 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3817 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3818 else { 3819 // This is a nested type declaration. 3820 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3821 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3822 Invalid = true; 3823 } 3824 } else { 3825 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3826 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3827 // not part of standard C++. 3828 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3829 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3830 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3831 } 3832 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3833 // Any access specifier is fine. 3834 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3835 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3836 } else { 3837 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3838 // member. Complain about it. 3839 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3840 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3841 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3842 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3843 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3844 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3845 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3846 3847 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3848 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3849 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3850 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3851 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3852 else { 3853 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3854 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3855 Invalid = true; 3856 } 3857 } 3858 } 3859 3860 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3861 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3862 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3863 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3864 Owner->isRecord()) 3865 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3866 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3867 } 3868 3869 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3870 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3871 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3872 Invalid = true; 3873 } 3874 3875 // Mock up a declarator. 3876 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3877 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3878 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3879 3880 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3881 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3882 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3883 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3884 DS.getLocStart(), 3885 Record->getLocation(), 3886 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3887 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3888 TInfo, 3889 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3890 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3891 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3892 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3893 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3894 } else { 3895 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3896 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3897 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3898 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3899 // an error here 3900 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3901 Invalid = true; 3902 SC = SC_None; 3903 } 3904 3905 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3906 DS.getLocStart(), 3907 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3908 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3909 TInfo, SC); 3910 3911 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3912 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3913 // initializer: 3914 // union { int n = 0; }; 3915 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3916 } 3917 Anon->setImplicit(); 3918 3919 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3920 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3921 3922 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3923 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3924 // its members. 3925 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3926 3927 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3928 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3929 // purposes. 3930 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3931 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3932 3933 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3934 Chain, false)) 3935 Invalid = true; 3936 3937 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 3938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 3939 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3940 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3941 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 3942 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3943 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3944 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 3945 } 3946 } 3947 } 3948 3949 if (Invalid) 3950 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3951 3952 return Anon; 3953 } 3954 3955 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3956 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3957 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3958 /// Example: 3959 /// 3960 /// struct A { int a; }; 3961 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3962 /// 3963 /// void foo() { 3964 /// B var; 3965 /// var.a = 3; 3966 /// } 3967 /// 3968 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3969 RecordDecl *Record) { 3970 3971 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3972 if (!Record) 3973 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3974 3975 // Mock up a declarator. 3976 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3977 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3978 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3979 3980 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3981 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3982 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3983 DS.getLocStart(), 3984 DS.getLocStart(), 3985 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3986 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3987 TInfo, 3988 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3989 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3990 Anon->setImplicit(); 3991 3992 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3993 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3994 3995 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3996 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3997 // purposes. 3998 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3999 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4000 4001 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4002 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 4003 RecordDef, AS_none, 4004 Chain, true)) 4005 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4006 4007 return Anon; 4008 } 4009 4010 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4011 /// given Declarator. 4012 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4013 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4014 } 4015 4016 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4017 DeclarationNameInfo 4018 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4019 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4020 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4021 4022 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4023 4024 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4025 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4026 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4027 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4028 return NameInfo; 4029 4030 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4031 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4032 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4033 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4034 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4035 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4036 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4037 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4038 return NameInfo; 4039 4040 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4041 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4042 Name.Identifier)); 4043 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4044 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4045 return NameInfo; 4046 4047 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4048 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4049 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4050 if (Ty.isNull()) 4051 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4052 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4053 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4054 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4055 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4056 return NameInfo; 4057 } 4058 4059 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4060 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4061 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4062 if (Ty.isNull()) 4063 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4064 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4065 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4066 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4067 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4068 return NameInfo; 4069 } 4070 4071 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4072 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4073 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4074 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4075 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4076 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4077 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4078 4079 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4080 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4081 4082 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4083 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4084 // was qualified. 4085 4086 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4087 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4088 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4089 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4090 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4091 return NameInfo; 4092 } 4093 4094 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4095 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4096 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4097 if (Ty.isNull()) 4098 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4099 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4100 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4101 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4102 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4103 return NameInfo; 4104 } 4105 4106 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4107 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4108 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4109 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4110 } 4111 4112 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4113 4114 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4115 } 4116 4117 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4118 do { 4119 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4120 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4121 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4122 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4123 else 4124 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4125 } while (true); 4126 } 4127 4128 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4129 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4130 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4131 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4132 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4133 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4134 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4135 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4136 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4137 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4138 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4139 Params.clear(); 4140 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4141 return false; 4142 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4143 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4144 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4145 4146 // The parameter types are identical 4147 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4148 continue; 4149 4150 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4151 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4152 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4153 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4154 4155 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4156 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4157 Params.push_back(Idx); 4158 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4159 return false; 4160 } 4161 4162 return true; 4163 } 4164 4165 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4166 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4167 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4168 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4169 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4170 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4171 DeclarationName Name) { 4172 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4173 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4174 // - types which will become injected class names 4175 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4176 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4177 // few cases here. 4178 4179 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4180 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4181 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4182 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4183 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4184 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4185 // Grab the type from the parser. 4186 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4187 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4188 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4189 4190 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4191 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4192 // attached already. 4193 if (!TSI) 4194 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4195 4196 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4197 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4198 if (!TSI) return true; 4199 4200 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4201 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4202 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4203 break; 4204 } 4205 4206 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4207 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4208 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4209 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4210 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4211 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4212 break; 4213 } 4214 4215 default: 4216 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4217 break; 4218 } 4219 4220 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4221 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4222 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4223 4224 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4225 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4226 // pointer. 4227 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4228 continue; 4229 4230 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4231 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4232 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4233 return true; 4234 } 4235 4236 return false; 4237 } 4238 4239 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4240 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4241 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4242 4243 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4244 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4245 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4246 4247 return Dcl; 4248 } 4249 4250 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4251 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4252 /// name different from T: 4253 /// - every static data member of class T; 4254 /// - every member function of class T 4255 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4256 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4257 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4258 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4259 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4260 4261 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4262 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4263 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4264 return true; 4265 } 4266 4267 return false; 4268 } 4269 4270 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4271 /// nested-name-specifier. 4272 /// 4273 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4274 /// 4275 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4276 /// resolves. 4277 /// 4278 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4279 /// 4280 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4281 /// 4282 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4283 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4284 DeclarationName Name, 4285 SourceLocation Loc) { 4286 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4287 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4288 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4289 4290 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4291 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4292 // 4293 // class X { 4294 // void X::f(); 4295 // }; 4296 // 4297 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4298 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4299 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4300 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4301 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4302 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4303 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4304 SS.clear(); 4305 } else { 4306 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4307 } 4308 return false; 4309 } 4310 4311 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4312 // declaration. 4313 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4314 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4315 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4316 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4317 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4318 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4319 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4320 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4321 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4322 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4323 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4324 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4325 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4326 else 4327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4328 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4329 4330 return true; 4331 } 4332 4333 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4334 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4335 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4336 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4337 SS.clear(); 4338 4339 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4340 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4341 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4342 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4343 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4344 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4345 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4346 return true; 4347 4348 return false; 4349 } 4350 4351 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4352 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4353 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4354 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4355 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4356 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4357 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4358 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4359 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4360 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4361 4362 return false; 4363 } 4364 4365 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4366 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4367 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4368 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4369 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4370 4371 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4372 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4373 if (!Name) { 4374 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4376 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4377 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4378 return nullptr; 4379 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4380 return nullptr; 4381 4382 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4383 // we find one that is. 4384 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4385 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4386 S = S->getParent(); 4387 4388 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4389 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4390 D.setInvalidType(); 4391 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4392 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4393 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4394 return nullptr; 4395 4396 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4397 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4398 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4399 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4400 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4401 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4402 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4403 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4404 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4405 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4406 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4407 return nullptr; 4408 } 4409 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4410 4411 if (!IsDependentContext && 4412 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4413 return nullptr; 4414 4415 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4416 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4417 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4418 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4419 D.setInvalidType(); 4420 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4421 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4422 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4423 if (DC->isRecord()) 4424 return nullptr; 4425 4426 D.setInvalidType(); 4427 } 4428 } 4429 4430 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4431 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4432 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4433 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4434 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4435 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4436 D.setInvalidType(); 4437 } 4438 } 4439 4440 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4441 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4442 // Just return early; it's safer. 4443 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4444 return nullptr; 4445 4446 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4447 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4448 4449 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4450 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4451 D.setInvalidType(); 4452 4453 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4454 ForRedeclaration); 4455 4456 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4457 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4458 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4459 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4460 4461 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4462 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4463 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4464 // 4465 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4466 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4467 // the same name. 4468 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4469 /* Do nothing*/; 4470 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4471 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4472 R->isFunctionType())) { 4473 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4474 CreateBuiltins = 4475 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4476 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4477 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4478 CreateBuiltins = true; 4479 4480 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4481 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4482 4483 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4484 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4485 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4486 4487 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4488 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4489 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4490 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4491 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4492 // thereof; [...] 4493 // 4494 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4495 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4496 // we want to match. For example, given: 4497 // 4498 // class X { 4499 // void f(); 4500 // void f(float); 4501 // }; 4502 // 4503 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4504 // 4505 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4506 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4507 // matches. 4508 4509 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4510 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4511 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4512 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4513 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4514 } 4515 4516 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4517 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4518 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4519 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4520 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4521 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4522 4523 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4524 Previous.clear(); 4525 } 4526 4527 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4528 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4529 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4530 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4531 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4532 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4533 Previous.clear(); 4534 4535 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4536 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4538 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4539 4540 NamedDecl *New; 4541 4542 bool AddToScope = true; 4543 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4544 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4545 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4546 return nullptr; 4547 } 4548 4549 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4550 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4551 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4552 TemplateParamLists, 4553 AddToScope); 4554 } else { 4555 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4556 AddToScope); 4557 } 4558 4559 if (!New) 4560 return nullptr; 4561 4562 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4563 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4564 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4565 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4566 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4567 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4568 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4569 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4570 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4571 if (!AddToContext) 4572 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4573 } 4574 4575 return New; 4576 } 4577 4578 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4579 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4580 /// GCC compatibility). 4581 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4582 ASTContext &Context, 4583 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4584 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4585 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4586 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4587 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4588 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4589 SizeIsNegative = false; 4590 Oversized = 0; 4591 4592 if (T->isDependentType()) 4593 return QualType(); 4594 4595 QualifierCollector Qs; 4596 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4597 4598 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4599 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4600 QualType FixedType = 4601 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4602 Oversized); 4603 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4604 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4605 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4606 } 4607 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4608 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4609 QualType FixedType = 4610 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4611 Oversized); 4612 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4613 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4614 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4615 } 4616 4617 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4618 if (!VLATy) 4619 return QualType(); 4620 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4621 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4622 return QualType(); 4623 4624 llvm::APSInt Res; 4625 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4626 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4627 return QualType(); 4628 4629 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4630 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4631 SizeIsNegative = true; 4632 return QualType(); 4633 } 4634 4635 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4636 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4637 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4638 Res); 4639 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4640 Oversized = Res; 4641 return QualType(); 4642 } 4643 4644 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4645 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4646 } 4647 4648 static void 4649 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4650 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4651 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4652 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4653 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4654 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4655 return; 4656 } 4657 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4658 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4659 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4660 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4661 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4662 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4663 return; 4664 } 4665 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4666 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4667 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4668 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4669 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4670 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4671 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4672 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4673 } 4674 4675 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4676 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4677 /// GCC compatibility). 4678 static TypeSourceInfo* 4679 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4680 ASTContext &Context, 4681 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4682 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4683 QualType FixedTy 4684 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4685 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4686 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4687 return nullptr; 4688 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4689 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4690 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4691 return FixedTInfo; 4692 } 4693 4694 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4695 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4696 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4697 /// function-scope declarations. 4698 void 4699 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4700 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4701 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4702 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4703 return; 4704 4705 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4706 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4707 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4708 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4709 } 4710 4711 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4712 if (ExternalSource) { 4713 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4714 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4715 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4716 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4717 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4718 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4719 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4720 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4721 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4722 } 4723 } 4724 4725 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4726 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4727 } 4728 4729 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4730 /// does not identify a function. 4731 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4732 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4733 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4734 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4735 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4736 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4737 4738 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4739 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4740 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4741 4742 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4743 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4744 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4745 4746 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4747 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4748 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4749 } 4750 4751 NamedDecl* 4752 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4753 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4754 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4755 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4757 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4758 D.setInvalidType(); 4759 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4760 DC = CurContext; 4761 Previous.clear(); 4762 } 4763 4764 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4765 4766 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4767 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4768 << 1; 4769 4770 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4771 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4772 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4773 return nullptr; 4774 } 4775 4776 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4777 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4778 4779 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4780 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4781 4782 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4783 4784 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4785 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4786 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4787 return ND; 4788 } 4789 4790 void 4791 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4792 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4793 // then it shall have block scope. 4794 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4795 // that redeclarations will match. 4796 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4797 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4798 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4799 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4800 4801 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4802 bool SizeIsNegative; 4803 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4804 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4805 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4806 SizeIsNegative, 4807 Oversized); 4808 if (FixedTInfo) { 4809 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4810 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4811 } else { 4812 if (SizeIsNegative) 4813 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4814 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4815 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4816 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4817 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4818 << Oversized.toString(10); 4819 else 4820 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4821 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4822 } 4823 } 4824 } 4825 } 4826 4827 4828 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4829 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4830 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4831 NamedDecl* 4832 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4833 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4834 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4835 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4836 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4837 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4838 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4839 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4840 Redeclaration = true; 4841 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4842 } 4843 4844 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4845 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4846 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4847 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4848 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4849 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4850 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4851 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4852 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4853 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4854 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4855 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4856 } 4857 4858 return NewTD; 4859 } 4860 4861 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4862 /// previous declaration. 4863 /// 4864 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4865 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4866 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4867 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4868 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4869 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4870 /// 4871 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4872 /// lookup 4873 /// 4874 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4875 /// declared. 4876 /// 4877 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4878 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4879 static bool 4880 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4881 ASTContext &Context) { 4882 if (!PrevDecl) 4883 return false; 4884 4885 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4886 return false; 4887 4888 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4889 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4890 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4891 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4892 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4893 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4894 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4895 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4896 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4897 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4898 return false; 4899 4900 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4901 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4902 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4903 return false; 4904 4905 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4906 // previous declarations. 4907 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4908 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4909 4910 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4911 // isn't the same function. 4912 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4913 return false; 4914 } 4915 4916 return true; 4917 } 4918 4919 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4920 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4921 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4922 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4923 } 4924 4925 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4926 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4927 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4928 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4929 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4930 unsigned kind = -1U; 4931 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4932 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4933 kind = 0; // __block 4934 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4935 kind = 1; // global 4936 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4937 kind = 3; // ivar 4938 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4939 kind = 2; // field 4940 } 4941 4942 if (kind != -1U) { 4943 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4944 << kind; 4945 } 4946 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4947 // Try to infer lifetime. 4948 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4949 return false; 4950 4951 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4952 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4953 decl->setType(type); 4954 } 4955 4956 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4957 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4958 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4959 var->getTLSKind()) { 4960 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4961 << var->getType(); 4962 return true; 4963 } 4964 } 4965 4966 return false; 4967 } 4968 4969 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4970 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 4971 // the wrong linkage. 4972 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 4973 4974 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4975 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4976 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4977 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4978 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4979 } 4980 } 4981 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4982 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4983 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4984 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4985 } 4986 } 4987 4988 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4989 // It does not apply to functions. 4990 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4991 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4992 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4993 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4994 } 4995 } 4996 4997 // dll attributes require external linkage. 4998 if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 4999 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5000 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5001 << &ND << Attr; 5002 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5003 } 5004 } 5005 if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 5006 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5007 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5008 << &ND << Attr; 5009 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5010 } 5011 } 5012 } 5013 5014 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5015 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5016 bool IsSpecialization) { 5017 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5018 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5019 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5020 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5021 5022 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5023 return; 5024 5025 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5026 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5027 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5028 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5029 5030 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5031 // inherited attribute instances. 5032 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5033 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5034 5035 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5036 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5037 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5038 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5039 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5040 5041 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5042 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5043 // free functions and global variables. 5044 bool JustWarn = false; 5045 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5046 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5047 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5048 JustWarn = true; 5049 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5050 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5051 JustWarn = true; 5052 } 5053 5054 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5055 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5056 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5057 << NewDecl 5058 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5059 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5060 if (!JustWarn) { 5061 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5062 return; 5063 } 5064 } 5065 5066 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5067 // exception being inline function definitions. 5068 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5069 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false; 5070 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5071 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5072 // separately. 5073 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5074 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) 5075 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5076 5077 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember) { 5078 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5079 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5080 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5081 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5082 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5083 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5084 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5085 } 5086 } 5087 5088 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5089 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5090 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5091 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5092 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5093 5094 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5095 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5096 5097 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5098 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5099 return false; 5100 5101 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5102 5103 #ifndef NDEBUG 5104 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5105 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5106 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5107 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5108 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5109 #endif 5110 5111 bool isC99Inline = 5112 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5113 5114 #ifndef NDEBUG 5115 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5116 #endif 5117 5118 return isC99Inline; 5119 } 5120 5121 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5122 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5123 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5124 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5125 /// 5126 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5127 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5128 /// 5129 /// For instance: 5130 /// 5131 /// auto x = []{}; 5132 /// 5133 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5134 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5135 /// 5136 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5137 template<typename T> 5138 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5139 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5140 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5141 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5142 return false; 5143 } 5144 return D->isExternC(); 5145 } 5146 5147 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5148 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5149 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5150 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5151 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5152 return true; 5153 if (DC->isRecord()) 5154 return false; 5155 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5156 } 5157 5158 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5159 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5160 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5161 return true; 5162 if (DC->isRecord()) 5163 return false; 5164 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5165 } 5166 5167 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5168 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5169 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5170 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5171 return true; 5172 return false; 5173 } 5174 5175 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5176 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5177 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5178 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5179 return true; 5180 5181 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5182 // position to the decl itself. 5183 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5184 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5185 return true; 5186 } 5187 5188 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5189 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5190 } 5191 5192 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5193 /// function-local external declaration. 5194 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5195 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5196 return false; 5197 5198 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5199 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5200 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5201 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5202 return true; 5203 5204 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5205 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5206 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5207 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5208 // 5209 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5210 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5211 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5212 DC = DC->getParent(); 5213 return true; 5214 } 5215 5216 NamedDecl * 5217 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5218 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5219 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5220 bool &AddToScope) { 5221 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5222 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5223 5224 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5225 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 5226 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5227 5228 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5229 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5230 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5231 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5232 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5233 SC = SC_Extern; 5234 5235 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5236 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5237 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5238 5239 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5240 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5241 QualType NR = R; 5242 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5243 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5244 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5245 D.setInvalidType(); 5246 break; 5247 } 5248 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5249 } 5250 5251 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5252 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5253 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5254 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5255 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5256 D.setInvalidType(); 5257 } 5258 } 5259 } 5260 5261 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5262 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5263 // an error here 5264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5265 D.setInvalidType(); 5266 SC = SC_None; 5267 } 5268 5269 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5270 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5271 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5272 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5273 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5274 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5275 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5276 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5277 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5278 } 5279 5280 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5281 if (!II) { 5282 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5283 << Name; 5284 return nullptr; 5285 } 5286 5287 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5288 5289 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5290 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5291 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5292 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5293 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5294 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5295 D.setInvalidType(); 5296 } 5297 } 5298 5299 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5300 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5301 // OpenCL __local address space. 5302 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5303 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5304 } 5305 5306 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5307 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5308 // space qualifiers. 5309 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5310 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5311 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5312 } 5313 5314 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5315 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5316 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5317 // address space qualifiers. 5318 if (R->isEventT()) { 5319 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5320 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5321 D.setInvalidType(); 5322 } 5323 5324 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5325 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5326 D.setInvalidType(); 5327 } 5328 } 5329 } 5330 5331 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5332 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5333 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5334 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5335 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5336 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5337 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5338 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5339 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5340 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5341 R, TInfo, SC); 5342 5343 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5344 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5345 } else { 5346 bool Invalid = false; 5347 5348 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5349 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5350 switch (SC) { 5351 case SC_None: 5352 break; 5353 case SC_Static: 5354 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5355 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5356 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5357 break; 5358 case SC_Auto: 5359 case SC_Register: 5360 case SC_Extern: 5361 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5362 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5363 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5364 // of class members 5365 5366 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5367 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5368 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5369 break; 5370 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5371 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5372 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5373 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5374 } 5375 } 5376 5377 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5378 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5379 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5380 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5381 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5382 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5383 5384 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5385 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5386 if (RD->isUnion()) 5387 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5388 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5389 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5390 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5391 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5392 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5393 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5394 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5395 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5396 } 5397 } 5398 5399 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5400 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5401 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5402 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5403 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5404 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5405 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5406 : nullptr, 5407 TemplateParamLists, 5408 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5409 5410 if (TemplateParams) { 5411 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5412 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5413 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5414 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5415 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5416 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5417 << II 5418 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5419 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5420 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5421 } else { 5422 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5423 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5424 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5425 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5426 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5427 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5428 // This is a template declaration. 5429 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5430 5431 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5432 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5433 return nullptr; 5434 5435 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5436 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5437 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5438 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5439 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5440 } 5441 } 5442 } else { 5443 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5444 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5445 } 5446 5447 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5448 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5449 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5450 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5451 : SourceLocation(); 5452 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5453 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5454 IsPartialSpecialization); 5455 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5456 return nullptr; 5457 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5458 AddToScope = false; 5459 } else 5460 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5461 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5462 5463 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5464 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5465 NewTemplate = 5466 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5467 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5468 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5469 } 5470 5471 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5472 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5473 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5474 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5475 5476 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5477 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5478 if (NewTemplate) 5479 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5480 } 5481 5482 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5483 5484 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5485 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5486 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5487 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5488 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5489 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5490 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5491 5492 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5493 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5494 } 5495 5496 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5497 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5498 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5499 if (NewTemplate) 5500 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5501 5502 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5503 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5504 5505 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5506 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5507 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5508 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5509 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5510 // explicitly. 5511 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5512 // 'extern'. 5513 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5514 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5515 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5516 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5517 else 5518 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5519 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5520 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5521 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5522 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5523 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5524 else 5525 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5526 } 5527 5528 // C99 6.7.4p3 5529 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5530 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5531 // thread storage duration... 5532 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5533 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5534 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5535 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5536 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5537 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5538 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5539 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5540 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5541 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5542 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5543 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5544 } 5545 } 5546 5547 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5548 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5549 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5550 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5551 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5552 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5553 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5554 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5555 << 2 5556 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5557 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5558 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5559 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5560 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5561 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5562 else { 5563 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5564 if (NewTemplate) 5565 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5566 } 5567 } 5568 5569 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5570 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5571 5572 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5573 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5574 // storage [duration]." 5575 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5576 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5577 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5578 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5579 } 5580 } 5581 5582 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5583 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5584 // check the VarDecl itself. 5585 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5586 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5587 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5588 5589 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5590 // retainable type. 5591 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5592 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5593 5594 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5595 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5596 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5597 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5598 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5599 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5600 switch (SC) { 5601 case SC_None: 5602 case SC_Auto: 5603 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5604 break; 5605 case SC_Register: 5606 // Local Named register 5607 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5608 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5609 break; 5610 case SC_Static: 5611 case SC_Extern: 5612 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5613 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5614 break; 5615 } 5616 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5617 // Global Named register 5618 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5619 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5620 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5621 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5622 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5623 } 5624 } 5625 5626 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5627 Context, Label, 0)); 5628 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5629 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5630 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5631 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5632 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5633 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5634 } 5635 } 5636 5637 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5638 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5639 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5640 5641 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5642 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5643 // declaration has linkage). 5644 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5645 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5646 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5647 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5648 5649 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5650 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5651 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5652 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5653 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5654 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5655 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5656 5657 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5658 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5659 } else { 5660 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5661 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5662 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5663 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5664 5665 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5666 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5667 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5668 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5669 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5670 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5671 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5672 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5673 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5674 Previous.clear(); 5675 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5676 } 5677 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5678 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5679 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5680 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5681 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5682 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5683 } 5684 5685 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5686 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5687 5688 if (NewTemplate) { 5689 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5690 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5691 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5692 : nullptr; 5693 5694 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5695 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5696 // template declaration. 5697 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5698 TemplateParams, 5699 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5700 : nullptr, 5701 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5702 DC->isDependentContext()) 5703 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5704 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5705 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5706 5707 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5708 // template, make a note of that. 5709 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5710 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5711 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5712 } 5713 } 5714 5715 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5716 5717 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5718 // the map of such variables. 5719 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5720 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5721 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5722 5723 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5724 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5725 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5726 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5727 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5728 Context.setManglingNumber( 5729 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5730 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5731 } 5732 } 5733 5734 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5735 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5736 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5737 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5738 } 5739 5740 if (NewTemplate) { 5741 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5742 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5743 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5744 return NewTemplate; 5745 } 5746 5747 return NewVD; 5748 } 5749 5750 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5751 /// -Wshadow. 5752 /// 5753 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5754 /// scope. 5755 /// 5756 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5757 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5758 /// 5759 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5760 // Return if warning is ignored. 5761 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5762 return; 5763 5764 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5765 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5766 return; 5767 5768 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5769 5770 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5771 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5772 return; 5773 5774 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5775 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5776 return; 5777 5778 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5779 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5780 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5781 if (MD->isStatic()) 5782 return; 5783 5784 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5785 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5786 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5787 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5788 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5789 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5790 ShadowedDecl = I; 5791 break; 5792 } 5793 } 5794 5795 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5796 5797 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5798 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5799 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5800 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5801 return; 5802 5803 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5804 // static data members from base classes? 5805 5806 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5807 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5808 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5809 } 5810 5811 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5812 unsigned Kind; 5813 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5814 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5815 Kind = 3; // field 5816 else 5817 Kind = 2; // static data member 5818 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5819 Kind = 1; // global 5820 else 5821 Kind = 0; // local 5822 5823 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5824 5825 // Emit warning and note. 5826 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5827 return; 5828 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5829 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5830 } 5831 5832 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5833 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5834 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5835 return; 5836 5837 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5838 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5839 LookupName(R, S); 5840 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5841 } 5842 5843 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5844 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5845 template<typename T> 5846 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5847 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5848 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5849 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5850 5851 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5852 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5853 // declaration. 5854 return false; 5855 } 5856 5857 if (Prev) { 5858 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5859 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5860 // redeclaration. 5861 Previous.clear(); 5862 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5863 return true; 5864 } 5865 5866 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5867 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5868 // declaration. 5869 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5870 return false; 5871 } else { 5872 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5873 // translation unit which might conflict. 5874 if (IsGlobal) { 5875 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5876 IsGlobal = false; 5877 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5878 I != E; ++I) { 5879 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5880 Prev = *I; 5881 break; 5882 } 5883 } 5884 } else { 5885 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5886 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5887 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5888 I != E; ++I) { 5889 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5890 Prev = *I; 5891 break; 5892 } 5893 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5894 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5895 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5896 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5897 // diagnostic. 5898 } 5899 } 5900 5901 if (!Prev) 5902 return false; 5903 } 5904 5905 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5906 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5907 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5908 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5909 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5910 else 5911 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5912 5913 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5914 << IsGlobal << ND; 5915 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5916 << IsGlobal; 5917 return false; 5918 } 5919 5920 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5921 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5922 /// 5923 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5924 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5925 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5926 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5927 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5928 template<typename T> 5929 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5930 LookupResult &Previous) { 5931 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5932 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5933 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5934 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5935 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5936 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5937 Previous.clear(); 5938 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5939 return true; 5940 } 5941 } 5942 return false; 5943 } 5944 5945 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5946 // declaration. 5947 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5948 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5949 5950 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5951 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5952 // in another scope. 5953 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5954 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5955 5956 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5957 return false; 5958 } 5959 5960 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5961 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5962 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5963 return; 5964 5965 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5966 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5967 5968 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5969 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5970 return; 5971 5972 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5973 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5974 5975 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5976 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5977 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5978 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5979 NewVD->setType(T); 5980 } 5981 5982 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5983 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5984 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5985 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5986 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5987 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5988 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5989 return; 5990 } 5991 5992 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5993 // __constant address space. 5994 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5995 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5996 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5997 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5998 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5999 return; 6000 } 6001 6002 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6003 // scope. 6004 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6005 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6006 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6007 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6008 return; 6009 } 6010 6011 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6012 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6013 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6014 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6015 else { 6016 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6017 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6018 } 6019 } 6020 6021 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6022 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6023 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6024 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6025 6026 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6027 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6028 bool SizeIsNegative; 6029 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6030 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6031 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6032 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6033 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6034 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6035 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6036 // int a[10][n]; 6037 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6038 6039 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6040 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6041 << SizeRange; 6042 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6043 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6044 << SizeRange; 6045 else 6046 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6047 << SizeRange; 6048 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6049 return; 6050 } 6051 6052 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6053 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6054 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6055 else 6056 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6057 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6058 return; 6059 } 6060 6061 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6062 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6063 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6064 } 6065 6066 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6067 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6068 // of objects and functions. 6069 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6070 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6071 << T; 6072 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6073 return; 6074 } 6075 } 6076 6077 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6078 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6079 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6080 return; 6081 } 6082 6083 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6084 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6085 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6086 return; 6087 } 6088 6089 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6090 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6091 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6092 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6093 return; 6094 } 6095 } 6096 6097 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6098 /// declaration. 6099 /// 6100 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6101 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6102 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6103 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6104 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6105 /// 6106 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6107 /// 6108 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6109 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6110 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6111 6112 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6113 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6114 return false; 6115 6116 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6117 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6118 if (Previous.empty() && 6119 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6120 Previous.setShadowed(); 6121 6122 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6123 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6124 6125 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6126 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6127 return true; 6128 } 6129 return false; 6130 } 6131 6132 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6133 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6134 Sema *S; 6135 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6136 }; 6137 6138 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6139 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6140 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6141 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6142 CXXBasePath &Path, 6143 void *UserData) { 6144 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6145 6146 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6147 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6148 6149 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6150 6151 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6152 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6153 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6154 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6155 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6156 6157 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6158 } 6159 6160 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6161 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6162 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6163 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6164 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6165 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6166 return true; 6167 } 6168 } 6169 6170 return false; 6171 } 6172 6173 namespace { 6174 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6175 } 6176 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6177 /// overriden methods. 6178 /// 6179 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6180 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6181 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6182 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6183 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6184 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6185 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6186 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6187 I != E; ++I) { 6188 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6189 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6190 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6191 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6192 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6193 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6194 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6195 } 6196 } 6197 6198 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6199 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6200 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6201 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 6202 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6203 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6204 Data.Method = MD; 6205 Data.S = this; 6206 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6207 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6208 bool AddedAny = false; 6209 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6210 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6211 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6212 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6213 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6214 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6215 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6216 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6217 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6218 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6219 AddedAny = true; 6220 } 6221 } 6222 } 6223 } 6224 6225 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6226 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6227 } 6228 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6229 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6230 } 6231 6232 return AddedAny; 6233 } 6234 6235 namespace { 6236 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6237 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6238 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6239 Scope *S; 6240 Declarator &D; 6241 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6242 bool AddToScope; 6243 }; 6244 } 6245 6246 namespace { 6247 6248 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6249 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6250 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6251 public: 6252 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6253 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6254 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6255 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6256 6257 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6258 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6259 return false; 6260 6261 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6262 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6263 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6264 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6265 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6266 6267 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6268 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6269 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6270 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6271 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6272 return true; 6273 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6274 return true; 6275 } 6276 } 6277 } 6278 6279 return false; 6280 } 6281 6282 private: 6283 ASTContext &Context; 6284 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6285 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6286 }; 6287 6288 } 6289 6290 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6291 /// 6292 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6293 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6294 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6295 /// the same name. 6296 /// 6297 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6298 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6299 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6300 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6301 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6302 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6303 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6304 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6305 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6306 TypoCorrection Correction; 6307 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6308 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6309 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6310 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6311 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6312 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6313 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6314 6315 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6316 if (IsLocalFriend) 6317 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6318 else 6319 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6320 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6321 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6322 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6323 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6324 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 6325 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6326 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6327 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6328 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6329 if (FD && 6330 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6331 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6332 // involve a parameter 6333 unsigned ParamNum = 6334 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6335 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6336 } 6337 } 6338 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6339 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6340 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6341 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6342 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6343 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6344 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6345 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6346 Previous.clear(); 6347 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6348 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6349 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6350 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6351 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6352 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6353 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6354 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6355 } 6356 } 6357 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6358 6359 NamedDecl *Result; 6360 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6361 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6362 { 6363 // Trap errors. 6364 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6365 6366 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6367 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6368 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6369 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6370 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6371 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6372 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6373 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6374 6375 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6376 Result = nullptr; 6377 } 6378 6379 if (Result) { 6380 // Determine which correction we picked. 6381 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6382 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6383 I != E; ++I) 6384 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6385 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6386 6387 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6388 Correction, 6389 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6390 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6391 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6392 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6393 return Result; 6394 } 6395 6396 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6397 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6398 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6399 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6400 Previous.clear(); 6401 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6402 } 6403 6404 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6405 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6406 6407 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6408 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6409 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6410 6411 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6412 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6413 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6414 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6415 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6416 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6417 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6418 6419 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6420 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6421 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6422 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6423 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6424 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6425 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6426 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6427 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6428 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6429 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6430 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6431 } else 6432 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6433 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6434 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6435 } 6436 return nullptr; 6437 } 6438 6439 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6440 Declarator &D) { 6441 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6442 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6443 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6444 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6445 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6446 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6447 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6448 D.setInvalidType(); 6449 break; 6450 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6451 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6452 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6453 return SC_None; 6454 return SC_Extern; 6455 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6456 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6457 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6458 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6459 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6460 // other than extern 6461 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6462 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6463 diag::err_static_block_func); 6464 break; 6465 } else 6466 return SC_Static; 6467 } 6468 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6469 } 6470 6471 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6472 return SC_None; 6473 } 6474 6475 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6476 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6477 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6478 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6479 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6480 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6481 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6482 6483 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6484 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6485 6486 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6487 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6488 // prototype. This true when: 6489 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6490 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6491 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6492 bool HasPrototype = 6493 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6494 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6495 6496 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6497 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6498 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6499 HasPrototype, false); 6500 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6501 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6502 6503 // Set the lexical context. 6504 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6505 6506 return NewFD; 6507 } 6508 6509 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6510 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6511 6512 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6513 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6514 // the class has been completely parsed. 6515 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6516 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6517 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6518 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6519 D.setInvalidType(); 6520 6521 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6522 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6523 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6524 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6525 6526 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6527 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6528 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6529 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6530 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6531 isConstexpr); 6532 6533 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6534 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6535 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6536 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6537 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6538 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6539 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6540 D.getLocStart(), 6541 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6542 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6543 6544 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6545 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6546 // it yet. 6547 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6548 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6549 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6550 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6551 } 6552 6553 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6554 return NewDD; 6555 6556 } else { 6557 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6558 D.setInvalidType(); 6559 6560 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6561 // code path. 6562 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6563 D.getLocStart(), 6564 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6565 SC, isInline, 6566 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6567 } 6568 6569 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6570 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6571 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6572 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6573 return nullptr; 6574 } 6575 6576 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6577 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6578 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6579 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6580 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6581 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6582 6583 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6584 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6585 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6586 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6587 // constructor if it has no return type). 6588 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6589 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6590 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6591 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6592 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6593 return nullptr; 6594 } 6595 6596 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6597 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6598 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6599 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6600 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6601 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6602 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6603 return Ret; 6604 } else { 6605 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6606 // prototype. This true when: 6607 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6608 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6609 D.getLocStart(), 6610 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6611 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6612 } 6613 } 6614 6615 enum OpenCLParamType { 6616 ValidKernelParam, 6617 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6618 PtrKernelParam, 6619 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6620 InvalidKernelParam, 6621 RecordKernelParam 6622 }; 6623 6624 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6625 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6626 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6627 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6628 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6629 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6630 : PtrKernelParam; 6631 } 6632 6633 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6634 // be used as builtin types. 6635 6636 if (PT->isImageType()) 6637 return PtrKernelParam; 6638 6639 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6640 return InvalidKernelParam; 6641 6642 if (PT->isEventT()) 6643 return InvalidKernelParam; 6644 6645 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6646 return InvalidKernelParam; 6647 6648 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6649 return RecordKernelParam; 6650 6651 return ValidKernelParam; 6652 } 6653 6654 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6655 Sema &S, 6656 Declarator &D, 6657 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6658 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6659 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6660 6661 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6662 // used again 6663 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6664 return; 6665 6666 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6667 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6668 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6669 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6670 // pointer to a pointer type. 6671 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6672 D.setInvalidType(); 6673 return; 6674 6675 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6676 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6677 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6678 // pointer to the private address space. 6679 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6680 D.setInvalidType(); 6681 return; 6682 6683 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6684 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6685 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6686 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6687 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6688 6689 case InvalidKernelParam: 6690 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6691 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6692 // of event_t type. 6693 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6694 D.setInvalidType(); 6695 return; 6696 6697 case PtrKernelParam: 6698 case ValidKernelParam: 6699 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6700 return; 6701 6702 case RecordKernelParam: 6703 break; 6704 } 6705 6706 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6707 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6708 6709 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6710 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6711 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6712 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6713 6714 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6715 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6716 6717 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6718 6719 do { 6720 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6721 if (!Next) { 6722 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6723 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6724 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6725 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6726 6727 continue; 6728 } 6729 6730 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6731 // field itself) to the history stack. 6732 const RecordDecl *RD; 6733 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6734 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6735 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6736 } else { 6737 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6738 } 6739 6740 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6741 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6742 6743 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6744 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6745 6746 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6747 continue; 6748 6749 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6750 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6751 continue; 6752 6753 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6754 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6755 continue; 6756 } 6757 6758 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6759 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6760 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6761 // union. 6762 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6763 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6764 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6765 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6766 << PT->isUnionType() 6767 << PT; 6768 } else { 6769 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6770 } 6771 6772 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6773 << PD->getDeclName(); 6774 6775 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6776 // the offending field came from 6777 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6778 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6779 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6780 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6781 << OuterField->getType(); 6782 } 6783 6784 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6785 << QT->isPointerType() 6786 << QT; 6787 D.setInvalidType(); 6788 return; 6789 } 6790 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6791 } 6792 6793 NamedDecl* 6794 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6795 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6796 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6797 bool &AddToScope) { 6798 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6799 6800 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6801 6802 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6803 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6804 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6805 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6806 6807 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6808 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6809 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6810 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6811 6812 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6813 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6814 6815 bool isFriend = false; 6816 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6817 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6818 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6819 6820 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6821 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6822 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6823 6824 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6825 6826 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6827 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6828 6829 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6830 isVirtualOkay); 6831 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6832 6833 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6834 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6835 6836 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6837 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6838 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6839 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6840 6841 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6842 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6843 6844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6845 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6846 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6847 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6848 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6849 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6850 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6851 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6852 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6853 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6854 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6855 } 6856 6857 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6858 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6859 // return true). 6860 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6861 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6862 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6863 NewFD->setPure(true); 6864 } 6865 6866 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6867 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6868 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6869 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6870 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6871 6872 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6873 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6874 bool Invalid = false; 6875 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6876 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6877 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6878 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6879 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6880 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6881 : nullptr, 6882 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6883 Invalid)) { 6884 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6885 // This is a function template 6886 6887 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6888 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6889 return nullptr; 6890 6891 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6892 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6893 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6894 return nullptr; 6895 } 6896 6897 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6898 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6899 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6900 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6901 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6902 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6903 Invalid = true; 6904 } 6905 6906 6907 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6908 NewFD->getLocation(), 6909 Name, TemplateParams, 6910 NewFD); 6911 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6912 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6913 6914 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6915 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6916 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6917 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6918 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6919 } 6920 } else { 6921 // This is a function template specialization. 6922 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6923 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6924 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6925 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6926 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6927 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6928 6929 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6930 if (isFriend) { 6931 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6932 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6933 6934 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6935 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6936 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6937 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6938 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6939 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6940 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6941 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6942 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6943 } 6944 6945 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6946 << Name << RemoveRange 6947 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6948 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6949 } 6950 } 6951 } 6952 else { 6953 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6954 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6955 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6956 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6957 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6958 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6959 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6960 } 6961 6962 if (Invalid) { 6963 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6964 if (FunctionTemplate) 6965 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6966 } 6967 6968 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6969 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6970 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6971 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6972 // 6973 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6974 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6975 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6976 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6977 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6978 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6979 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6980 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6981 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6982 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6983 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6984 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6985 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6986 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6987 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6988 } else { 6989 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6990 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6991 } 6992 6993 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6994 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 6995 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6996 } 6997 6998 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6999 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7000 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7001 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7002 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7003 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7004 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7005 // thing to do. 7006 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7007 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7008 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7009 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7010 QualType Result = 7011 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7012 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7013 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7014 } 7015 7016 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7017 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7018 // declaration. 7019 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7020 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7021 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7022 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7023 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7024 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7025 } 7026 } 7027 7028 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7029 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7030 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7031 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7032 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7033 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7034 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7035 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7036 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7037 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7038 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7039 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7040 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7041 // or conversion function. 7042 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7043 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7044 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7045 } 7046 } 7047 7048 if (isConstexpr) { 7049 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7050 // are implicitly inline. 7051 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7052 7053 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7054 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7055 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7056 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7057 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7058 } 7059 7060 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7061 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7062 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7063 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7064 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7065 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7066 << 0 7067 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7068 } else { 7069 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7070 if (FunctionTemplate) 7071 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7072 } 7073 } 7074 7075 if (isFriend) { 7076 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7077 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7078 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7079 } 7080 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7081 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7082 } 7083 7084 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7085 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7086 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7087 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7088 case FDK_Declaration: 7089 case FDK_Definition: 7090 break; 7091 7092 case FDK_Defaulted: 7093 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7094 break; 7095 7096 case FDK_Deleted: 7097 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7098 break; 7099 } 7100 7101 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7102 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7103 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7104 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7105 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7106 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7107 } 7108 7109 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7110 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7111 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7112 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7113 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7114 // the class. 7115 7116 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7117 // member function definition. 7118 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7119 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7120 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7121 } 7122 7123 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7124 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7125 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7126 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7127 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7128 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7129 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7130 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7131 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 7132 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7133 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7134 } 7135 } 7136 7137 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7138 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7139 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7140 isExplicitSpecialization || 7141 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7142 7143 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7144 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7145 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7146 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7147 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7148 SE->getString(), 0)); 7149 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7150 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7151 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7152 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7153 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7154 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7155 } 7156 } 7157 7158 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7159 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7160 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7161 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7162 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7163 7164 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7165 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7166 // single void argument. 7167 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7168 // already checks for that case. 7169 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7170 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7171 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7172 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7173 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7174 Params.push_back(Param); 7175 7176 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7177 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7178 } 7179 } 7180 7181 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7182 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7183 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7184 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7185 // 7186 // @code 7187 // typedef void fn(int); 7188 // fn f; 7189 // @endcode 7190 7191 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7192 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7193 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7194 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7195 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7196 Params.push_back(Param); 7197 } 7198 } else { 7199 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7200 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7201 } 7202 7203 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7204 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7205 7206 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7207 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7208 // 7209 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7210 // 7211 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7212 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7213 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7214 7215 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7216 NewFD->addAttr( 7217 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7218 Context, 0)); 7219 7220 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7221 // because all functions have linkage. 7222 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7223 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7224 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7225 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7226 } 7227 7228 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7229 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7230 NewFD->addAttr( 7231 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7232 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7233 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7234 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7235 PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD)) 7236 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7237 } 7238 7239 // Handle attributes. 7240 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7241 7242 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7243 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7244 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7245 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7246 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7247 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7248 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7249 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7250 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7251 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7252 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7253 } 7254 7255 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7256 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7257 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7258 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7259 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7260 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7261 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7262 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7263 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7264 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7265 } 7266 } 7267 7268 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7269 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7270 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7271 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7272 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7273 7274 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7275 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7276 7277 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7278 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7279 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7280 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7281 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7282 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7283 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7284 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7285 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7286 } else { 7287 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7288 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7289 // 7290 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7291 // 7292 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7293 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7294 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7295 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7296 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7297 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7298 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7299 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7300 7301 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7302 // argument list into our AST format. 7303 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7304 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7305 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7306 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7307 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7308 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7309 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7310 TemplateArgs); 7311 7312 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7313 7314 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7315 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7316 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7317 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7318 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7319 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7320 7321 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7322 } else { 7323 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7324 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7325 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7326 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7327 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7328 } 7329 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7330 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7331 // wrote something like: 7332 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7333 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7334 // friend void foo<>(int); 7335 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7336 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7337 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7338 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7339 } 7340 7341 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7342 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7343 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7344 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7345 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7346 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7347 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7348 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7349 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7350 InstantiationDependent))) { 7351 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7352 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7353 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7354 Previous)) 7355 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7356 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7357 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7358 && !isFriend) { 7359 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7360 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7361 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7362 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7363 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7364 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7365 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7366 : nullptr), 7367 Previous)) 7368 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7369 7370 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7371 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7372 // specialization (14.7.3) 7373 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7374 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7375 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7376 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7377 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7378 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7379 << SC 7380 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7381 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7382 7383 else 7384 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7385 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7386 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7387 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7388 } 7389 7390 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7391 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7392 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7393 } 7394 7395 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7396 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7397 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7398 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7399 7400 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7401 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7402 7403 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7404 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7405 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7406 } 7407 7408 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7409 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7410 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7411 7412 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7413 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7414 : NewFD); 7415 7416 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7417 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7418 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7419 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7420 7421 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7422 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7423 } 7424 7425 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7426 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7427 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7428 7429 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7430 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7431 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7432 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7433 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7434 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7435 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7436 : nullptr, 7437 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7438 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7439 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7440 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7441 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7442 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7443 DC->isDependentContext()) 7444 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7445 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7446 } 7447 7448 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7449 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7450 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7451 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7452 AddToScope }; 7453 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7454 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7455 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7456 7457 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7458 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7459 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7460 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7461 7462 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7463 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7464 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7465 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7466 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7467 // can actually do this check immediately. 7468 if (isFriend && 7469 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7470 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7471 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7472 // ignore these 7473 } else { 7474 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7475 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7476 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7477 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7478 // 7479 // class X { 7480 // void f() const; 7481 // }; 7482 // 7483 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7484 // 7485 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7486 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7487 // whether the parameter types are references). 7488 7489 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7490 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7491 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7492 return Result; 7493 } 7494 } 7495 7496 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7497 // to something. 7498 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7499 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7500 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7501 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7502 return Result; 7503 } 7504 } 7505 7506 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7507 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7508 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7509 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7510 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7511 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7512 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7513 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7514 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7515 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7516 // generate them. 7517 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7518 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7519 } 7520 } 7521 7522 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7523 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7524 7525 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7526 7527 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7528 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7529 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7530 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7531 << NewFD; 7532 7533 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7534 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7535 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7536 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7537 EPI.Variadic = true; 7538 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7539 7540 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7541 NewFD->setType(R); 7542 } 7543 7544 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7545 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7546 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7547 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7548 7549 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7550 // marking the function. 7551 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7552 7553 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7554 // a pragma. 7555 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7556 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7557 7558 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7559 // the map of such variables. 7560 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7561 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7562 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7563 7564 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7565 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7566 7567 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7568 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7569 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7570 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7571 } 7572 7573 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7574 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7575 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7576 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7577 return FunctionTemplate; 7578 } 7579 } 7580 7581 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7582 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7583 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7584 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7585 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7586 D.setInvalidType(); 7587 } 7588 7589 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7590 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7591 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7592 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7593 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7594 : FixItHint()); 7595 D.setInvalidType(); 7596 } 7597 7598 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7599 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7600 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7601 } 7602 7603 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7604 7605 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7606 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7607 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7608 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7609 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7610 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7611 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7612 7613 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7614 } 7615 } 7616 7617 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7618 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7619 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7620 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7621 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7622 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7623 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7624 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7625 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7626 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7627 AddToScope = false; 7628 } 7629 7630 return NewFD; 7631 } 7632 7633 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7634 /// 7635 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7636 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7637 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7638 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7639 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7640 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7641 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7642 /// 7643 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7644 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7645 /// 7646 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7647 /// 7648 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7649 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7650 LookupResult &Previous, 7651 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7652 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7653 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7654 7655 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7656 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7657 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7658 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7659 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7660 7661 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7662 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7663 7664 bool Redeclaration = false; 7665 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7666 7667 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7668 // the same name, if appropriate. 7669 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7670 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7671 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7672 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7673 // function to the scope. 7674 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7675 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7676 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7677 Redeclaration = true; 7678 OldDecl = Candidate; 7679 } 7680 } else { 7681 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7682 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7683 case Ovl_Match: 7684 Redeclaration = true; 7685 break; 7686 7687 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7688 Redeclaration = true; 7689 break; 7690 7691 case Ovl_Overload: 7692 Redeclaration = false; 7693 break; 7694 } 7695 7696 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7697 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7698 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7699 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7700 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7701 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7702 if (Redeclaration) 7703 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7704 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7705 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7706 if (OverloadedDecl) 7707 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7708 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7709 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7710 } 7711 } 7712 } 7713 7714 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7715 if (!Redeclaration && 7716 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7717 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7718 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7719 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7720 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7721 Redeclaration = true; 7722 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7723 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7724 7725 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7726 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7727 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7728 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7729 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7730 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7731 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7732 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7733 } 7734 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7735 Redeclaration = false; 7736 OldDecl = nullptr; 7737 } 7738 } 7739 } 7740 } 7741 7742 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7743 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7744 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7745 // 7746 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7747 // definition of a static member function. 7748 // 7749 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7750 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7751 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7752 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7753 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7754 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7755 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7756 if (OldDecl) 7757 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7758 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7759 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7760 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7761 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7762 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7763 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7764 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7765 7766 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7767 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7768 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7769 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7770 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7771 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7772 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7773 7774 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7775 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7776 } 7777 } 7778 } 7779 7780 if (Redeclaration) { 7781 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7782 // merged. 7783 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7784 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7785 return Redeclaration; 7786 } 7787 7788 Previous.clear(); 7789 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7790 7791 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7792 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7793 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7794 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7795 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7796 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7797 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7798 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7799 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7800 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7801 } 7802 7803 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7804 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7805 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7806 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7807 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7808 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7809 } 7810 7811 } else { 7812 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7813 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7814 7815 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7816 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7817 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7818 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7819 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7820 7821 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7822 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7823 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7824 7825 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7826 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7827 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7828 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7829 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7830 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7831 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7832 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7833 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7834 } 7835 } 7836 } 7837 } 7838 } 7839 7840 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7841 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7842 // C++-specific checks. 7843 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7844 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7845 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7846 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7847 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7848 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7849 7850 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7851 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7852 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7853 DeclarationName Name 7854 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7855 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7856 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7857 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7858 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7859 return Redeclaration; 7860 } 7861 } 7862 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7863 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7864 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7865 } 7866 7867 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7868 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7869 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7870 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7871 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7872 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7873 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7874 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7875 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7876 } 7877 } 7878 } 7879 7880 if (Method->isStatic()) 7881 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7882 } 7883 7884 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7885 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7886 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7887 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7888 return Redeclaration; 7889 } 7890 7891 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7892 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7893 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7894 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7895 return Redeclaration; 7896 } 7897 7898 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7899 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7900 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7901 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7902 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7903 7904 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7905 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7906 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7907 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7908 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7909 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7910 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7911 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7912 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7913 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7914 } 7915 } 7916 7917 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7918 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7919 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7920 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7921 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7922 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7923 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7924 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7925 << NewFD << R; 7926 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7927 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7928 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7929 } 7930 } 7931 return Redeclaration; 7932 } 7933 7934 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7935 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7936 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7937 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7938 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7939 // appear in a declaration of main. 7940 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7941 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7942 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7943 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7944 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7945 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7946 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7947 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7948 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7949 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7950 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7951 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7952 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7953 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7954 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7955 } 7956 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7957 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7958 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7959 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7960 } 7961 7962 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7963 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 7964 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 7965 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7966 return; 7967 } 7968 7969 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7970 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7971 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7972 7973 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7974 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7975 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7976 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7977 7978 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 7979 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 7980 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7981 else { 7982 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7983 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7984 if (RTRange.isValid()) 7985 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7986 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 7987 } 7988 } else { 7989 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7990 // set the flag which tells us that. 7991 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7992 7993 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 7994 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 7995 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7996 else { 7997 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7998 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7999 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8000 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8001 : FixItHint()); 8002 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8003 } 8004 } 8005 8006 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8007 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8008 8009 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8010 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8011 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8012 8013 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8014 8015 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8016 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8017 // getting shifty. 8018 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8019 HasExtraParameters = false; 8020 8021 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8022 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8023 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8024 nparams = 3; 8025 } 8026 8027 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8028 // if we had some location information about types. 8029 8030 QualType CharPP = 8031 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8032 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8033 8034 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8035 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8036 8037 bool mismatch = true; 8038 8039 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8040 mismatch = false; 8041 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8042 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8043 // char const ** 8044 // char const * const * 8045 // char * const * 8046 8047 QualifierCollector qs; 8048 const PointerType* PT; 8049 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8050 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8051 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8052 Context.CharTy)) { 8053 qs.removeConst(); 8054 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8055 } 8056 } 8057 8058 if (mismatch) { 8059 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8060 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8061 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8062 } 8063 } 8064 8065 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8066 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8067 } 8068 8069 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8070 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8071 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8072 } 8073 } 8074 8075 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8076 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8077 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8078 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8079 8080 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8081 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8082 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8083 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8084 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8085 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8086 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8087 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8088 8089 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8090 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8091 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8092 } 8093 } 8094 8095 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8096 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8097 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8098 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8099 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8100 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8101 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8102 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8103 // rules there don't matter.) 8104 const Expr *Culprit; 8105 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8106 return false; 8107 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8108 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8109 return true; 8110 } 8111 8112 namespace { 8113 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8114 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8115 class SelfReferenceChecker 8116 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8117 Sema &S; 8118 Decl *OrigDecl; 8119 bool isRecordType; 8120 bool isPODType; 8121 bool isReferenceType; 8122 8123 public: 8124 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8125 8126 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8127 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8128 isPODType = false; 8129 isRecordType = false; 8130 isReferenceType = false; 8131 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8132 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8133 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8134 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8135 } 8136 } 8137 8138 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8139 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8140 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8141 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8142 if (isReferenceType) 8143 return; 8144 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8145 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8146 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8147 return; 8148 } 8149 8150 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8151 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8152 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8153 return; 8154 } 8155 8156 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8157 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8158 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8159 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8160 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8161 return; 8162 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8163 } 8164 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8165 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8166 return; 8167 } 8168 } 8169 8170 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 8171 // bad, not just r-value uses. 8172 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8173 if (isReferenceType) 8174 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8175 } 8176 8177 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8178 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 8179 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 8180 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8181 8182 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8183 } 8184 8185 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8186 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8187 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8188 8189 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8190 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8191 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8192 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8193 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8194 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8195 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8196 Warn = false; 8197 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8198 } 8199 8200 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8201 if (Warn) 8202 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8203 return; 8204 } 8205 8206 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8207 // Visit that expression. 8208 Visit(Base); 8209 } 8210 8211 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8212 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 8213 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 8214 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8215 8216 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8217 } 8218 8219 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8220 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8221 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8222 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8223 if (!isPODType) 8224 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8225 return; 8226 } 8227 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8228 } 8229 8230 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8231 8232 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8233 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8234 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8235 unsigned diag; 8236 if (isReferenceType) { 8237 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8238 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8239 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8240 } else { 8241 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8242 } 8243 8244 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8245 S.PDiag(diag) 8246 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8247 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8248 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8249 } 8250 }; 8251 8252 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8253 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8254 bool DirectInit) { 8255 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8256 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8257 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8258 return; 8259 8260 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8261 8262 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8263 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8264 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8265 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8266 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8267 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8268 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8269 return; 8270 8271 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8272 } 8273 } 8274 8275 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8276 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8277 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8278 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8279 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8280 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8281 // the initializer. 8282 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8283 return; 8284 8285 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8286 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8287 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8288 // Thus this grotesque test. 8289 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8290 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8291 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8292 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8293 else { 8294 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8295 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8296 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8297 } 8298 return; 8299 } 8300 8301 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8302 if (!VDecl) { 8303 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8304 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8305 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8306 return; 8307 } 8308 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8309 8310 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8311 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8312 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8313 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8314 // contains exactly one expression. 8315 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8316 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8317 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8318 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8319 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8320 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8321 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8322 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8323 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8324 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8325 return; 8326 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8327 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8328 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8329 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8330 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8331 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8332 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8333 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8334 return; 8335 } else { 8336 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8337 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8338 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8339 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8340 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8341 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8342 } 8343 } 8344 8345 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8346 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8347 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8348 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8349 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8350 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8351 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8352 return; 8353 } 8354 Init = Result.get(); 8355 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8356 } 8357 8358 QualType DeducedType; 8359 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8360 DAR_Failed) 8361 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8362 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8363 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8364 return; 8365 } 8366 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8367 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8368 8369 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8370 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8371 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8372 8373 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8374 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8375 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8376 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8377 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8378 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8379 SourceLocation Loc = 8380 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8381 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8382 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8383 } 8384 8385 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8386 // the previously declared type. 8387 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8388 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8389 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8390 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8391 } 8392 8393 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8394 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8395 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8396 return; 8397 } 8398 8399 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8400 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8401 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8402 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8403 return; 8404 } 8405 8406 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8407 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8408 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8409 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8410 return; 8411 } 8412 8413 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8414 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8415 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8416 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8417 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8418 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8419 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8420 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8421 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8422 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8423 return; 8424 } 8425 8426 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8427 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8428 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8429 AbstractVariableType)) 8430 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8431 } 8432 8433 const VarDecl *Def; 8434 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8435 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8436 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8437 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8438 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8439 return; 8440 } 8441 8442 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8443 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8444 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8445 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8446 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8447 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8448 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8449 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8450 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8451 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8452 // 8453 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8454 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8455 // declaration with an initializer. 8456 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8457 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8458 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8459 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8460 return; 8461 } 8462 8463 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8464 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8465 8466 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8467 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8468 return; 8469 } 8470 } 8471 8472 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8473 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8474 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8475 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8476 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8477 return; 8478 } 8479 8480 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8481 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8482 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8483 8484 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8485 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8486 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8487 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8488 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8489 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8490 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8491 return; 8492 } 8493 Init = Result.get(); 8494 } 8495 8496 // Perform the initialization. 8497 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8498 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8499 InitializationKind Kind 8500 = DirectInit ? 8501 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8502 Init->getLocStart(), 8503 Init->getLocEnd()) 8504 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8505 VDecl->getLocation()) 8506 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8507 Init->getLocStart()); 8508 8509 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8510 if (CXXDirectInit) 8511 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8512 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8513 8514 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8515 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8516 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8517 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8518 return; 8519 } 8520 8521 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8522 } 8523 8524 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8525 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8526 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8527 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8528 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8529 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8530 } 8531 8532 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8533 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8534 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8535 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8536 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8537 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8538 8539 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8540 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8541 8542 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8543 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8544 8545 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8546 // Although this code can still have problems: 8547 // id x = self.weakProp; 8548 // id y = self.weakProp; 8549 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8550 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8551 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8552 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8553 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8554 Init->getLocStart())) 8555 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8556 } 8557 8558 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8559 // 8560 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8561 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8562 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8563 // 8564 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8565 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8566 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8567 // 8568 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8569 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8570 false, 8571 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8572 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8573 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8574 return; 8575 } 8576 Init = Result.get(); 8577 8578 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8579 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8580 8581 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8582 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8583 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8584 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8585 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8586 const Expr *Culprit; 8587 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8588 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8589 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8590 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8591 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8592 // constant expressions. 8593 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8594 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8595 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8596 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8597 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8598 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8599 } 8600 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8601 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8602 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8603 // 8604 // struct S { 8605 // static const int value = 17; 8606 // }; 8607 8608 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8609 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8610 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8611 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8612 // 8613 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8614 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8615 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8616 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8617 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8618 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8619 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8620 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8621 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8622 8623 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8624 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8625 8626 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8627 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8628 // type. 8629 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8630 8631 // Require constness. 8632 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8633 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8634 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8635 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8636 8637 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8638 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8639 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8640 SourceLocation Loc; 8641 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8642 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8643 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8644 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8645 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8646 ; // Nothing to check. 8647 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8648 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8649 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8650 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8651 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8652 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8653 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8654 } else { 8655 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8656 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8658 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8659 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8660 } 8661 8662 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8663 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8664 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8665 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8666 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8667 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8668 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8669 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8670 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8671 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8672 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8673 } else { 8674 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8675 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8676 8677 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8678 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8679 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8680 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8681 } 8682 } 8683 8684 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8685 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8686 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8687 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8688 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8689 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8690 8691 } else { 8692 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8693 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8694 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8695 } 8696 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8697 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8698 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8699 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8700 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8701 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8702 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8703 8704 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8705 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8706 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8707 } 8708 8709 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8710 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8711 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8712 // 8713 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8714 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8715 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8716 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8717 // special case code. 8718 8719 // C++ 8.5p11: 8720 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8721 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8722 // class type. 8723 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8724 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8725 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8726 } else if (DirectInit) { 8727 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8728 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8729 } 8730 8731 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8732 } 8733 8734 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8735 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8736 /// of sanity. 8737 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8738 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8739 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8740 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8741 8742 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8743 if (!VD) return; 8744 8745 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8746 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8747 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8748 return; 8749 } 8750 8751 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8752 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8753 8754 // Require a complete type. 8755 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8756 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8757 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8758 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8759 return; 8760 } 8761 8762 // Require a non-abstract type. 8763 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8764 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8765 AbstractVariableType)) { 8766 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8767 return; 8768 } 8769 8770 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8771 // though. 8772 } 8773 8774 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8775 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8776 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8777 if (!RealDecl) 8778 return; 8779 8780 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8781 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8782 8783 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8784 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8785 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8786 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8787 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8788 return; 8789 } 8790 8791 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8792 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8793 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8794 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8795 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8796 // member. 8797 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8798 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8799 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8800 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8801 << Var->getDeclName(); 8802 else 8803 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8804 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8805 return; 8806 } 8807 8808 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8809 // be initialized. 8810 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8811 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8812 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8813 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8814 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8815 return; 8816 } 8817 8818 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8819 case VarDecl::Definition: 8820 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8821 break; 8822 8823 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8824 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8825 // a declaration. 8826 // 8827 // Fall through 8828 8829 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8830 // It's only a declaration. 8831 8832 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8833 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8834 // object shall be complete. 8835 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8836 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8837 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8838 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8839 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8840 8841 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8842 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8843 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8844 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8845 AbstractVariableType)) 8846 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8847 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8848 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8849 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8850 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8851 } 8852 8853 return; 8854 8855 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8856 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8857 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8858 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8859 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8860 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8861 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8862 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8863 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8864 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8865 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8866 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8867 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8868 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8869 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8870 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8871 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8872 // NOTE: code such as the following 8873 // static struct s; 8874 // struct s { int a; }; 8875 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8876 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8877 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8878 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8879 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8880 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8881 } 8882 } 8883 8884 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8885 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8886 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8887 return; 8888 } 8889 8890 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8891 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8892 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8893 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8894 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8895 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8896 return; 8897 } 8898 8899 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8900 // definitions with reference type. 8901 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8902 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8903 << Var->getDeclName() 8904 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8905 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8906 return; 8907 } 8908 8909 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8910 // variable with dependent type. 8911 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8912 return; 8913 8914 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8915 return; 8916 8917 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8918 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8919 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8920 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8921 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8922 return; 8923 } 8924 } 8925 8926 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8927 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8928 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8929 AbstractVariableType)) { 8930 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8931 return; 8932 } 8933 8934 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8935 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8936 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8937 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8938 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8939 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8940 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8941 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8942 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8943 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8944 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8945 if (const RecordType *Record 8946 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8947 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8948 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8949 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8950 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8951 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8952 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8953 } 8954 } 8955 8956 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8957 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8958 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8959 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8960 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8961 // type shall have a user-declared default 8962 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8963 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8964 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8965 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8966 // program is ill-formed. 8967 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8968 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8969 // default-initialized; [...]. 8970 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8971 InitializationKind Kind 8972 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8973 8974 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8975 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8976 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8977 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8978 else if (Init.get()) { 8979 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8980 // This is important for template substitution. 8981 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8982 } 8983 8984 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8985 } 8986 } 8987 8988 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8989 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8990 if (!VD) { 8991 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8992 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8993 return; 8994 } 8995 8996 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8997 8998 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8999 int Error = -1; 9000 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9001 case SC_None: 9002 break; 9003 case SC_Extern: 9004 Error = 0; 9005 break; 9006 case SC_Static: 9007 Error = 1; 9008 break; 9009 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9010 Error = 2; 9011 break; 9012 case SC_Auto: 9013 Error = 3; 9014 break; 9015 case SC_Register: 9016 Error = 4; 9017 break; 9018 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9019 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9020 } 9021 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9022 Error = 5; 9023 if (Error != -1) { 9024 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9025 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9026 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9027 } 9028 } 9029 9030 StmtResult 9031 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9032 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9033 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9034 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9035 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9036 // A range-based for statement of the form 9037 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9038 // is equivalent to 9039 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9040 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9041 9042 const char *PrevSpec; 9043 unsigned DiagID; 9044 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9045 getPrintingPolicy()); 9046 9047 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9048 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9049 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9050 9051 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9052 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9053 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9054 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9055 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9056 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9057 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9058 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9059 } 9060 9061 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9062 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9063 9064 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9065 // local retaining variable. 9066 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9067 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9068 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9069 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9070 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9071 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9072 break; 9073 9074 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9075 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9076 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9077 break; 9078 } 9079 } 9080 9081 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9082 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9083 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9084 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9085 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9086 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9087 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9088 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9089 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9090 var->getLocation())) { 9091 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9092 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9093 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9094 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9095 9096 if (!prev) 9097 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9098 } 9099 9100 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9101 const Expr *Culprit; 9102 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9103 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9104 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9105 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9106 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9107 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9108 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9109 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9110 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9111 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9112 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9113 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9114 // initialization. 9115 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9116 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9117 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9118 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9119 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9120 } 9121 9122 } 9123 9124 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9125 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9126 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9127 int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read; 9128 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9129 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9130 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9131 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9132 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9133 } else { 9134 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9135 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9136 } 9137 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9138 var->addAttr( 9139 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9140 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9141 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9142 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9143 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9144 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9145 9146 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9147 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9148 // attribute. 9149 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9150 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9151 CurInitSegLoc)); 9152 } 9153 9154 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9155 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9156 9157 QualType type = var->getType(); 9158 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9159 9160 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9161 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9162 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9163 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9164 9165 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9166 // constructing this copy. 9167 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9168 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9169 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9170 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9171 ExprResult result 9172 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9173 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9174 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9175 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9176 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9177 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9178 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9179 } 9180 } 9181 } 9182 9183 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9184 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9185 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9186 9187 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9188 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9189 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9190 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9191 var->getLocation())) { 9192 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9193 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9194 // warned about them. 9195 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9196 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9197 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9198 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9199 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9200 } 9201 9202 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9203 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9204 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9205 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9206 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9207 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9208 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9209 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9210 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9211 Notes.clear(); 9212 } 9213 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9214 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9215 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9216 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9217 } 9218 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9219 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9220 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9221 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9222 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9223 } 9224 } 9225 9226 // Require the destructor. 9227 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9228 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9229 } 9230 9231 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9232 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9233 void 9234 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9235 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9236 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9237 9238 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9239 if (!VD) 9240 return; 9241 9242 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9243 9244 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9245 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9246 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9247 dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9248 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9249 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9250 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9251 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9252 } 9253 } 9254 } 9255 9256 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9257 if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 9258 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9259 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9260 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9261 // with a warning. 9262 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9263 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9264 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9265 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9266 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9267 9268 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9269 IsClassTemplateMember 9270 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9271 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9272 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9273 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9274 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9275 } 9276 } 9277 9278 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9279 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9280 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9281 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9282 } 9283 } 9284 9285 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9286 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9287 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9288 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9289 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9290 << VD->getDeclName(); 9291 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9292 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9293 } 9294 } 9295 } 9296 9297 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9298 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9299 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9300 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9301 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9302 9303 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9304 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9305 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9306 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9307 9308 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9309 // tag values. 9310 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9311 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9312 return; 9313 9314 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9315 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9316 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9317 continue; 9318 } 9319 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9320 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9321 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9322 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9323 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9324 continue; 9325 } 9326 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9327 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9328 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9329 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9330 continue; 9331 } 9332 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9333 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9334 MagicValue, 9335 I->getMatchingCType(), 9336 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9337 I->getMustBeNull()); 9338 } 9339 } 9340 9341 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9342 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9343 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9344 9345 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9346 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9347 9348 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9349 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9350 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9351 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9352 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9353 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9354 Decls.push_back(D); 9355 } 9356 9357 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9358 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9359 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9360 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9361 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9362 } 9363 } 9364 9365 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9366 } 9367 9368 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9369 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9370 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9371 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9372 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9373 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9374 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9375 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9376 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9377 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9378 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9379 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9380 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9381 QualType Deduced; 9382 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9383 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9384 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9385 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9386 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9387 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9388 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9389 break; 9390 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9391 if (!U.isNull()) { 9392 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9393 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9394 Deduced = U; 9395 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9396 DeducedDecl = D; 9397 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9398 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9399 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9400 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9401 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9402 << U << D->getDeclName() 9403 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9404 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9405 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9406 break; 9407 } 9408 } 9409 } 9410 } 9411 } 9412 9413 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9414 9415 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9416 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9417 } 9418 9419 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9420 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9421 } 9422 9423 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9424 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9425 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9426 return; 9427 9428 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9429 return; 9430 9431 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9432 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9433 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9434 // additional declaration references: 9435 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9436 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9437 // 'struct S *pS;' 9438 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9439 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9440 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9441 Group = Group.slice(1); 9442 } 9443 } 9444 9445 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9446 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9447 if (!Comments.empty() && 9448 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9449 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9450 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9451 // 9452 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9453 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9454 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9455 // ahead through comments. 9456 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9457 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9458 } 9459 } 9460 9461 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9462 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9463 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9464 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9465 9466 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9467 9468 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9469 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9470 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9471 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9472 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9473 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9474 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9475 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9476 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9477 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9478 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9479 } 9480 9481 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9482 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9483 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9484 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9485 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9486 << 0; 9487 9488 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9489 9490 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9491 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9492 9493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9494 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9495 // parameter. 9496 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9497 9498 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9499 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9500 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9501 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9502 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9503 } 9504 } 9505 9506 // Ensure we have a valid name 9507 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9508 if (D.hasName()) { 9509 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9510 if (!II) { 9511 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9512 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9513 D.setInvalidType(true); 9514 } 9515 } 9516 9517 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9518 if (II) { 9519 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9520 ForRedeclaration); 9521 LookupName(R, S); 9522 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9523 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9524 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9525 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9526 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9527 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9528 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9529 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9530 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9531 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9532 9533 // Recover by removing the name 9534 II = nullptr; 9535 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9536 D.setInvalidType(true); 9537 } 9538 } 9539 } 9540 9541 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9542 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9543 // looking like class members in C++. 9544 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9545 D.getLocStart(), 9546 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9547 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9548 StorageClass); 9549 9550 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9551 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9552 9553 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9554 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9555 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9556 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9557 9558 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9559 S->AddDecl(New); 9560 if (II) 9561 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9562 9563 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9564 9565 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9566 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9567 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9568 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9569 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9570 9571 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9573 } 9574 return New; 9575 } 9576 9577 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9578 /// typedef. 9579 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9580 SourceLocation Loc, 9581 QualType T) { 9582 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9583 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9584 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9585 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9586 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9587 SC_None, nullptr); 9588 Param->setImplicit(); 9589 return Param; 9590 } 9591 9592 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9593 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9594 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9595 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9596 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9597 return; 9598 9599 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9600 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9601 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9602 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9603 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9604 } 9605 } 9606 } 9607 9608 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9609 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9610 QualType ReturnTy, 9611 NamedDecl *D) { 9612 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9613 return; 9614 9615 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9616 // threshold. 9617 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9618 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9619 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9620 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9621 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9622 } 9623 9624 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9625 // threshold. 9626 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9627 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9628 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9629 continue; 9630 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9631 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9632 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9633 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9634 } 9635 } 9636 9637 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9638 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9639 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9640 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9641 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9642 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9643 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9644 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9645 9646 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9647 9648 // Special cases for arrays: 9649 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9650 // - otherwise, it's an error 9651 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9652 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9653 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9654 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9655 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9656 } 9657 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9658 } else { 9659 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9660 } 9661 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9662 } 9663 9664 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9665 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9666 TSInfo, 9667 StorageClass, nullptr); 9668 9669 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9670 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9671 // the class has been completely parsed. 9672 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9673 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9674 AbstractParamType)) 9675 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9676 9677 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9678 // passed by reference. 9679 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9680 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9681 Diag(NameLoc, 9682 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9683 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9684 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9685 New->setType(T); 9686 } 9687 9688 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9689 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9690 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9691 // an address space. 9692 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9693 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 9694 // to be qualified with an address space. 9695 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 9696 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9697 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9698 } 9699 } 9700 9701 return New; 9702 } 9703 9704 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9705 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9706 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9707 9708 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9709 // for a K&R function. 9710 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9711 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9712 --i; 9713 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 9714 SmallString<256> Code; 9715 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9716 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9717 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9718 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9719 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9720 9721 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9722 // type. 9723 AttributeFactory attrs; 9724 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9725 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9726 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9727 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9728 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9729 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9730 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9731 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9732 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9733 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9734 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9735 } 9736 } 9737 } 9738 } 9739 9740 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9741 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 9742 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9743 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9744 9745 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9746 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9747 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9748 } 9749 9750 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 9751 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 9752 } 9753 9754 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9755 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9756 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9757 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9758 return false; 9759 9760 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9761 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9762 return false; 9763 9764 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9765 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9766 return false; 9767 9768 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9769 if (FD->isMain()) 9770 return false; 9771 9772 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9773 if (FD->isInlined()) 9774 return false; 9775 9776 // Don't warn about function templates. 9777 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9778 return false; 9779 9780 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9781 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9782 return false; 9783 9784 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9785 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9786 return false; 9787 9788 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9789 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9790 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9791 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9792 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9793 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9794 continue; 9795 9796 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9797 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9798 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9799 break; 9800 } 9801 9802 return MissingPrototype; 9803 } 9804 9805 void 9806 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9807 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9808 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9809 // was an extern inline function. 9810 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9811 if (!Definition) 9812 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9813 return; 9814 9815 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9816 return; 9817 9818 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9819 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9820 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9821 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9822 else 9823 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9824 9825 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9826 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9827 } 9828 9829 9830 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9831 Sema &S) { 9832 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9833 9834 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9835 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9836 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9837 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9838 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9839 9840 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9841 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9842 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9843 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9844 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9845 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9846 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9847 9848 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9849 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9850 9851 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9852 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9853 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 9854 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 9855 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 9856 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9857 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9858 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9859 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9860 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9861 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 9862 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 9863 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9864 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9865 9866 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 9867 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 9868 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9869 } 9870 } 9871 } 9872 9873 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9874 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9875 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9876 9877 if (!D) 9878 return D; 9879 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 9880 9881 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9882 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9883 else 9884 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9885 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9886 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9887 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9888 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9889 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9890 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9891 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9892 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9893 // have the LSI properly restored. 9894 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9895 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9896 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9897 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9898 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9899 } 9900 else 9901 // Enter a new function scope 9902 PushFunctionScope(); 9903 9904 // See if this is a redefinition. 9905 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9906 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9907 9908 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9909 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9910 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9911 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9912 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9913 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9914 } 9915 } 9916 9917 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9918 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9919 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9920 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9921 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9922 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9923 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9924 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9925 9926 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9927 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9928 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9929 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9930 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9931 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 9932 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9933 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9934 9935 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9936 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9937 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9938 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9939 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9940 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9941 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9942 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9943 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9944 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9945 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9946 } 9947 } 9948 } 9949 9950 if (FnBodyScope) 9951 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9952 9953 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9954 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9955 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9956 9957 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9958 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 9959 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9960 9961 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9962 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9963 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9964 9965 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9966 } 9967 } 9968 9969 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9970 // introduce them into the function scope. 9971 if (FnBodyScope) { 9972 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9973 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9974 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9975 I != E; ++I) { 9976 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9977 9978 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9979 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9980 // and reattach to the current context. 9981 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9982 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9983 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 9984 if (DI == D) { 9985 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9986 break; 9987 } 9988 } 9989 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9990 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9991 } 9992 9993 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9994 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9995 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9996 9997 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9998 // accessible in this scope. 9999 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10000 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10001 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10002 } 10003 } 10004 } 10005 10006 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10007 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10008 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10009 10010 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10011 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10012 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10013 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10014 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10015 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10016 return D; 10017 } 10018 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10019 // a function template). 10020 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10021 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10022 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10023 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10024 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10025 10026 return D; 10027 } 10028 10029 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10030 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10031 /// optimization. 10032 /// 10033 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10034 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10035 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10036 /// use the named return value optimization. 10037 /// 10038 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10039 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10040 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10041 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10042 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10043 10044 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10045 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10046 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10047 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10048 } 10049 } 10050 } 10051 10052 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10053 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10054 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10055 return false; 10056 10057 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10058 // return type (yet). 10059 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10060 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10061 // we can still delay parsing it. 10062 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10063 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10064 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10065 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10066 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10067 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10068 } 10069 } 10070 return false; 10071 } 10072 10073 return true; 10074 } 10075 10076 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10077 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10078 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10079 // rest of the file. 10080 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10081 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10082 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10083 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10084 return false; 10085 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10086 } 10087 10088 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10089 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10090 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10091 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10092 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10093 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10094 } 10095 10096 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10097 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10098 } 10099 10100 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10101 bool IsInstantiation) { 10102 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10103 10104 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10105 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10106 10107 if (FD) { 10108 FD->setBody(Body); 10109 10110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10111 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10112 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10113 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10114 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10115 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10116 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10117 << FD->getReturnType(); 10118 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10119 } else { 10120 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10121 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 10122 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 10123 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10124 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10125 } 10126 } 10127 10128 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10129 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10130 // is the first declaration. 10131 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10132 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10133 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10134 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10135 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10136 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10137 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10138 } 10139 10140 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10141 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10142 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10143 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10144 10145 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10146 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10147 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10148 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10149 10150 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10151 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10152 if (Body) 10153 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10154 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10155 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10156 10157 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10158 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10159 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10160 10161 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10162 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10163 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10165 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10166 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10167 } 10168 10169 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10170 "Function parsing confused"); 10171 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10172 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10173 MD->setBody(Body); 10174 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10175 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10176 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10177 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10178 10179 if (Body) 10180 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10181 } 10182 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10183 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10184 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10185 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10186 } 10187 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10188 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10189 bool isDesignated = 10190 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10191 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10192 (void)isDesignated; 10193 10194 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10195 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10196 if (!IFace) 10197 return false; 10198 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10199 if (!SuperD) 10200 return false; 10201 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10202 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10203 }; 10204 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10205 // of NSObject. 10206 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10207 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10208 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10209 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10210 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10211 } 10212 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10213 } 10214 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10215 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10216 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10217 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10218 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10219 } 10220 } else { 10221 return nullptr; 10222 } 10223 10224 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10225 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10226 "handled in the block above."); 10227 10228 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10229 if (Body) { 10230 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10231 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10232 // Verify this. 10233 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10234 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10235 10236 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10237 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10238 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10239 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10240 10241 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10242 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10243 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10244 10245 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10246 Destructor->getParent()); 10247 } 10248 10249 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10250 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10251 // deletion in some later function. 10252 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10253 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10254 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10255 } 10256 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10257 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10258 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10259 // enabled. 10260 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10261 } 10262 10263 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10264 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10265 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10266 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10267 10268 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10269 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10270 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10271 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10272 } 10273 10274 if (!IsInstantiation) 10275 PopDeclContext(); 10276 10277 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10278 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10279 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10280 // deletion in some later function. 10281 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10282 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10283 } 10284 10285 return dcl; 10286 } 10287 10288 10289 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10290 /// relevant Decl. 10291 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10292 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10293 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10294 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10295 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10296 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10297 10298 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10299 if (Method->isStatic()) 10300 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10301 } 10302 10303 10304 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10305 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10306 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10307 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10308 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10309 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10310 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10311 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10312 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10313 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10314 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10315 return ExternCPrev; 10316 } 10317 10318 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10319 unsigned diag_id; 10320 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10321 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10322 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10323 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10324 else 10325 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10326 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10327 10328 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10329 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10330 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10331 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10332 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 10333 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 10334 LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator, 10335 CTK_NonError))) 10336 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10337 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10338 } 10339 10340 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10341 const char *Dummy; 10342 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10343 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10344 unsigned DiagID; 10345 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10346 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10347 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10348 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10349 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10350 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10351 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10352 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10353 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10354 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10355 /*NumParams=*/0, 10356 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10357 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10358 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10359 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10360 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10361 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10362 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10363 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10364 EST_None, 10365 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10366 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10367 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10368 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10369 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10370 Loc, Loc, D), 10371 DS.getAttributes(), 10372 SourceLocation()); 10373 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10374 10375 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10376 10377 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10378 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10379 10380 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10381 FD->setImplicit(); 10382 10383 CurContext = PrevDC; 10384 10385 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10386 10387 return FD; 10388 } 10389 10390 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10391 /// the declaration of this function. 10392 /// 10393 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10394 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10395 /// like NSLog or printf. 10396 /// 10397 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10398 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10399 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10400 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10401 return; 10402 10403 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10404 // actual attributes. 10405 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10406 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10407 unsigned FormatIdx; 10408 bool HasVAListArg; 10409 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10410 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10411 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10412 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10413 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10414 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10415 fmt = "NSString"; 10416 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10417 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10418 FormatIdx+1, 10419 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10420 FD->getLocation())); 10421 } 10422 } 10423 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10424 HasVAListArg)) { 10425 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10426 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10427 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10428 FormatIdx+1, 10429 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10430 FD->getLocation())); 10431 } 10432 10433 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10434 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10435 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10436 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10437 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10438 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10439 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10440 } 10441 10442 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10443 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10444 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10445 FD->getLocation())); 10446 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10447 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10448 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10449 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10450 } 10451 10452 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10453 if (!Name) 10454 return; 10455 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10456 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10457 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10458 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10459 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10460 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10461 // about. 10462 } else 10463 return; 10464 10465 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10466 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10467 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10468 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10469 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10470 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10471 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10472 FD->getLocation())); 10473 } 10474 10475 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10476 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10477 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10478 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10479 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10480 FD->getLocation())); 10481 } 10482 } 10483 10484 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10485 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10486 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10487 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10488 10489 if (!TInfo) { 10490 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10491 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10492 } 10493 10494 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10495 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10496 D.getLocStart(), 10497 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10498 D.getIdentifier(), 10499 TInfo); 10500 10501 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10502 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10503 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10504 return NewTD; 10505 } 10506 10507 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10508 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10509 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10510 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10511 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10512 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10513 else 10514 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10515 } 10516 10517 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10518 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10519 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10520 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10521 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10522 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10523 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10524 case TST_enum: 10525 case TST_struct: 10526 case TST_interface: 10527 case TST_union: 10528 case TST_class: { 10529 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10530 10531 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10532 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10533 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10534 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10535 10536 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10537 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10538 10539 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10540 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10541 break; 10542 10543 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10544 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10545 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10546 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10547 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10548 // for how to handle it. 10549 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10550 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10551 10552 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10553 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10554 10555 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10556 textToInsert += ' '; 10557 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10558 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10559 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10560 break; 10561 } 10562 10563 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10564 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10565 break; 10566 } 10567 10568 default: 10569 break; 10570 } 10571 10572 return NewTD; 10573 } 10574 10575 10576 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10577 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10578 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10579 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10580 10581 if (T->isDependentType()) 10582 return false; 10583 10584 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10585 if (BT->isInteger()) 10586 return false; 10587 10588 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10589 return true; 10590 } 10591 10592 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10593 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10594 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10595 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10596 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10597 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10598 10599 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10600 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10601 << Prev->isScoped(); 10602 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10603 return true; 10604 } 10605 10606 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10607 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10608 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10609 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10610 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10611 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10612 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10613 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10614 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10615 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10616 return true; 10617 } 10618 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10619 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10620 << Prev->isFixed(); 10621 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10622 return true; 10623 } 10624 10625 return false; 10626 } 10627 10628 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10629 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10630 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10631 /// 10632 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10633 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10634 switch (Tag) { 10635 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10636 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10637 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10638 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10639 } 10640 } 10641 10642 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10643 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10644 /// 10645 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10646 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10647 { 10648 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10649 } 10650 10651 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10652 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10653 /// 10654 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10655 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10656 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10657 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10658 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10659 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10660 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10661 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10662 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10663 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10664 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10665 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10666 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10667 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10668 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10669 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10670 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10671 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10672 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10673 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10674 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10675 return true; 10676 10677 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10678 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10679 bool isTemplate = false; 10680 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10681 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10682 10683 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10684 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10685 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10686 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10687 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10688 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10689 return true; 10690 } 10691 10692 if (isDefinition) { 10693 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10694 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10695 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10696 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10697 return true; 10698 } 10699 10700 bool previousMismatch = false; 10701 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 10702 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10703 if (!previousMismatch) { 10704 previousMismatch = true; 10705 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10706 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10707 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10708 } 10709 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10710 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10711 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10712 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10713 } 10714 } 10715 return true; 10716 } 10717 10718 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10719 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10720 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10721 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10722 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10723 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10724 return true; 10725 } 10726 10727 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10728 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10729 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10730 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10731 10732 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10733 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10734 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10735 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10736 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10737 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10738 } 10739 10740 return true; 10741 } 10742 return false; 10743 } 10744 10745 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 10746 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 10747 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 10748 /// namespace N { 10749 /// struct X; 10750 /// namespace M { 10751 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 10752 /// } 10753 /// } 10754 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 10755 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10756 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 10757 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 10758 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 10759 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 10760 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10761 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 10762 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 10763 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 10764 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 10765 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 10766 return FixItHint(); 10767 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 10768 Namespaces.push_back(II); 10769 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 10770 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 10771 if (Lookup == Namespace) 10772 break; 10773 } 10774 10775 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 10776 // build an NNS. 10777 SmallString<64> Insertion; 10778 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 10779 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 10780 OS << "::"; 10781 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 10782 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 10783 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 10784 OS.flush(); 10785 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 10786 } 10787 10788 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10789 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10790 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10791 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10792 /// 10793 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10794 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10795 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10796 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10797 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10798 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10799 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10800 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10801 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10802 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10803 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10804 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10805 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10806 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10807 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10808 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10809 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10810 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10811 10812 OwnedDecl = false; 10813 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10814 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10815 10816 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10817 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10818 bool Invalid = false; 10819 10820 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10821 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10822 // for non-C++ cases. 10823 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10824 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10825 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10826 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10827 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 10828 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10829 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10830 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10831 return nullptr; 10832 } 10833 10834 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10835 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10836 // be a member of another template). 10837 10838 if (Invalid) 10839 return nullptr; 10840 10841 OwnedDecl = false; 10842 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10843 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10844 TemplateParams, AS, 10845 ModulePrivateLoc, 10846 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 10847 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10848 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10849 return Result.get(); 10850 } else { 10851 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10852 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10853 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10854 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10855 } 10856 } 10857 } 10858 10859 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10860 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10861 // redeclaration. 10862 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10863 10864 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10865 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10866 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10867 // type, default to int. 10868 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10869 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10870 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10871 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10872 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 10873 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10874 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10875 10876 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10877 // Recover by falling back to int. 10878 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10879 10880 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10881 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10882 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10883 10884 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10885 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10886 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10887 } 10888 10889 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10890 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10891 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10892 10893 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10894 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10895 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10896 10897 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10898 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10899 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10900 10901 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10902 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10903 Name = nullptr; 10904 goto CreateNewDecl; 10905 } 10906 10907 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10908 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10909 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10910 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10911 if (!DC) { 10912 IsDependent = true; 10913 return nullptr; 10914 } 10915 } else { 10916 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10917 if (!DC) { 10918 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10919 << SS.getRange(); 10920 return nullptr; 10921 } 10922 } 10923 10924 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10925 return nullptr; 10926 10927 SearchDC = DC; 10928 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10929 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10930 10931 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10932 return nullptr; 10933 10934 if (Previous.empty()) { 10935 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10936 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10937 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10938 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10939 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10940 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10941 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10942 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10943 IsDependent = true; 10944 return nullptr; 10945 } 10946 10947 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10948 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10949 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10950 Name = nullptr; 10951 Invalid = true; 10952 goto CreateNewDecl; 10953 } 10954 } else if (Name) { 10955 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10956 // declaration or definition. 10957 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10958 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10959 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10960 LookupName(Previous, S); 10961 10962 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10963 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10964 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10965 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10966 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10967 while (F.hasNext()) { 10968 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10969 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10970 F.erase(); 10971 } 10972 F.done(); 10973 } 10974 10975 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10976 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10977 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10978 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10979 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10980 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10981 // 10982 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 10983 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 10984 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 10985 // 10986 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10987 // semantic context? 10988 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10989 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10990 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10991 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10992 while (F.hasNext()) { 10993 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10994 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10995 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10996 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10997 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10998 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10999 else 11000 F.erase(); 11001 } 11002 } 11003 F.done(); 11004 11005 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11006 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11007 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11008 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11009 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11010 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11011 } 11012 } 11013 11014 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11015 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11016 return nullptr; 11017 11018 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11019 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11020 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11021 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11022 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11023 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11024 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11025 } 11026 } 11027 11028 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11029 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11030 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11031 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11032 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11033 Previous.clear(); 11034 } 11035 11036 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11037 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11038 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11039 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11040 11041 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11042 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11043 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11044 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11045 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11046 } 11047 } 11048 11049 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11050 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11051 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11052 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11053 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11054 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11055 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11056 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11057 11058 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11059 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11060 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11061 // 11062 // class-key identifier 11063 // 11064 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11065 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11066 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11067 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11068 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11069 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11070 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11071 // declaration. 11072 // 11073 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11074 // C structs and unions. 11075 // 11076 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11077 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11078 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11079 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11080 // 11081 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11082 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11083 // 11084 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11085 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11086 // lexical context, 11087 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11088 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11089 11090 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11091 while (S->isClassScope() || 11092 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11093 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11094 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11095 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11096 S = S->getParent(); 11097 } else { 11098 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11099 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11100 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11101 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11102 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11103 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11104 } 11105 11106 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11107 // diagnose some problems. 11108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11109 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11110 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11111 } 11112 } 11113 11114 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11115 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11116 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11117 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11118 11119 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11120 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11121 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11122 // in C++. 11123 // 11124 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11125 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11126 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11127 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11128 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11129 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11130 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11131 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11132 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11133 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11134 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11135 PrevDecl = Tag; 11136 Previous.clear(); 11137 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11138 Previous.resolveKind(); 11139 } 11140 } 11141 } 11142 } 11143 11144 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11145 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11146 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11147 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11148 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11149 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11150 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11151 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11152 // struct or something similar. 11153 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11154 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11155 *Name)) { 11156 bool SafeToContinue 11157 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11158 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11159 if (SafeToContinue) 11160 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11161 << Name 11162 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11163 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11164 else 11165 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11166 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11167 11168 if (SafeToContinue) 11169 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11170 else { 11171 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11172 Name = nullptr; 11173 Previous.clear(); 11174 Invalid = true; 11175 } 11176 } 11177 11178 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11179 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11180 11181 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11182 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11183 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11184 if (ScopedEnum) 11185 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11186 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11187 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11188 return PrevTagDecl; 11189 } 11190 11191 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11192 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11193 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11194 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11195 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11196 11197 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11198 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11199 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11200 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11201 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11202 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11203 } 11204 11205 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11206 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11207 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11208 // and then later defined. 11209 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11210 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11211 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11212 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11213 } 11214 11215 if (!Invalid) { 11216 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11217 // we have attributes. 11218 11219 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11220 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11221 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11222 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11223 if (!Attr && 11224 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11225 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11226 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11227 return PrevTagDecl; 11228 11229 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11230 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11231 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11232 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11233 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11234 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11235 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11236 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11237 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11238 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11239 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11240 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11241 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11242 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11243 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11244 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11245 } 11246 11247 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11248 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11249 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11250 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11251 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11252 else 11253 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11254 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11255 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11256 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11257 // references get the previous definition. 11258 Name = nullptr; 11259 Previous.clear(); 11260 Invalid = true; 11261 } 11262 } else { 11263 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11264 // about a nested redefinition. 11265 const TagType *Tag 11266 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11267 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11268 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11269 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11270 diag::note_previous_definition); 11271 Name = nullptr; 11272 Previous.clear(); 11273 Invalid = true; 11274 } 11275 } 11276 11277 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11278 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11279 } 11280 11281 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11282 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11283 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11284 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11285 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11286 AS = AS_none; 11287 } 11288 } 11289 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11290 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11291 11292 } else { 11293 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11294 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11295 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11296 // have distinct types. 11297 Previous.clear(); 11298 } 11299 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11300 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11301 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11302 11303 11304 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11305 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11306 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11307 } else { 11308 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11309 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11310 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11311 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11312 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11313 unsigned Kind = 0; 11314 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11315 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11316 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11317 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11318 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11319 Invalid = true; 11320 11321 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11322 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11323 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11324 // do nothing 11325 11326 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11327 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11328 unsigned Kind = 0; 11329 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11330 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11331 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11332 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11333 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11334 Invalid = true; 11335 11336 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11337 // case here. 11338 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11339 unsigned Kind = 0; 11340 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11341 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11342 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11343 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11344 Invalid = true; 11345 11346 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11347 } else { 11348 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11349 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11350 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11351 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11352 Name = nullptr; 11353 Invalid = true; 11354 } 11355 11356 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11357 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11358 Previous.clear(); 11359 } 11360 } 11361 11362 CreateNewDecl: 11363 11364 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11365 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11366 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11367 11368 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11369 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11370 // keyword. 11371 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11372 11373 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11374 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11375 // PrevDecl. 11376 TagDecl *New; 11377 11378 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11379 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11380 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11381 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11382 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11383 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11384 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11385 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11386 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11387 TagDecl *Def; 11388 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11389 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11390 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11391 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11392 } 11393 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11394 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11395 << New; 11396 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11397 } else { 11398 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11399 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11400 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11401 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11402 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11403 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11404 11405 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11406 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11407 // the declaration context. 11408 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11409 IsForwardReference = true; 11410 } 11411 } 11412 11413 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11414 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11415 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11416 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11417 else 11418 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11419 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11420 } 11421 11422 } else { 11423 // struct/union/class 11424 11425 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11426 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11427 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11428 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11429 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11430 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11431 11432 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11433 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11434 } else 11435 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11436 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11437 } 11438 11439 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11440 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11442 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11443 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11444 Invalid = true; 11445 } 11446 11447 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11448 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11449 if (SS.isSet()) { 11450 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11451 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11452 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11453 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11454 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11455 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11456 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11457 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11458 Invalid = true; 11459 11460 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11461 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11462 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11463 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11464 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11465 } 11466 } 11467 else 11468 Invalid = true; 11469 } 11470 11471 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11472 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11473 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11474 // 11475 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11476 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11477 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11478 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11479 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11480 // parsing of the struct). 11481 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11482 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11483 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11484 } 11485 } 11486 11487 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11488 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11489 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11490 << 2 11491 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11492 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11493 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11494 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11495 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11496 New->setModulePrivate(); 11497 } 11498 11499 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11500 // check the specialization. 11501 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11502 Invalid = true; 11503 11504 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11505 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11506 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11507 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11508 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11509 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11510 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11511 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11512 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11513 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11514 << Name; 11515 Invalid = true; 11516 } 11517 } else { 11518 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11519 } 11520 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11521 } 11522 11523 if (Invalid) 11524 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11525 11526 if (Attr) 11527 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11528 11529 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11530 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11531 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11532 11533 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11534 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11535 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11536 // the tag name visible. 11537 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11538 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11539 11540 // Set the access specifier. 11541 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11542 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11543 11544 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11545 New->startDefinition(); 11546 11547 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11548 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11549 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11550 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11551 if (PrevDecl) 11552 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11553 11554 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11555 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11556 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11557 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11558 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11559 } else if (Name) { 11560 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11561 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11562 if (IsForwardReference) 11563 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11564 11565 } else { 11566 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11567 } 11568 11569 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11570 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11571 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11572 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11573 II->isStr("FILE")) 11574 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11575 11576 if (PrevDecl) 11577 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11578 11579 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11580 // record. 11581 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11582 11583 OwnedDecl = true; 11584 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11585 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11586 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11587 } 11588 11589 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11590 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11591 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11592 11593 // Enter the tag context. 11594 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11595 11596 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11597 11598 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11599 // record. 11600 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11601 } 11602 11603 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11604 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11605 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11606 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11607 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11608 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11609 CurContext = OCD; 11610 return IDecl; 11611 } 11612 11613 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11614 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11615 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11616 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11617 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11618 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11619 11620 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11621 11622 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11623 return; 11624 11625 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11626 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11627 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11628 11629 // C++ [class]p2: 11630 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11631 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11632 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11633 // as if it were a public member name. 11634 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11635 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11636 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11637 Record->getIdentifier(), 11638 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11639 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11640 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11641 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11642 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11643 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11644 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11645 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11646 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11647 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11648 } 11649 11650 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11651 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11652 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11653 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11654 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11655 11656 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11657 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11658 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11659 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11660 RD->completeDefinition(); 11661 } 11662 11663 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11664 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11665 11666 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11667 PopDeclContext(); 11668 11669 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11670 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11671 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11672 11673 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11674 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11675 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11676 } 11677 11678 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11679 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11680 PopDeclContext(); 11681 } 11682 11683 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11684 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11685 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11686 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11687 } 11688 11689 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11690 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11691 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 11692 } 11693 11694 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11695 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11696 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11697 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11698 11699 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11700 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11701 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11702 RD->completeDefinition(); 11703 } 11704 11705 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11706 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11707 // the FieldCollector. 11708 11709 PopDeclContext(); 11710 } 11711 11712 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11713 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11714 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11715 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11716 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11717 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11718 if (ZeroWidth) 11719 *ZeroWidth = true; 11720 11721 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11722 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11723 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11724 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11725 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11726 return ExprError(); 11727 if (FieldName) 11728 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11729 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11730 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11731 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11732 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11733 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11734 return ExprError(); 11735 11736 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11737 // it now. 11738 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11739 return BitWidth; 11740 11741 llvm::APSInt Value; 11742 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11743 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11744 return ICE; 11745 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 11746 11747 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11748 *ZeroWidth = false; 11749 11750 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11751 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11752 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11753 11754 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11755 if (FieldName) 11756 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11757 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11758 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11759 << Value.toString(10); 11760 } 11761 11762 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11763 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11764 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11765 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11766 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11767 if (FieldName) 11768 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11769 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11770 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11771 11772 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11773 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11774 } 11775 11776 if (FieldName) 11777 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11778 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11779 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11780 else 11781 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11782 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11783 } 11784 } 11785 11786 return BitWidth; 11787 } 11788 11789 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11790 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11791 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11792 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11793 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11794 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11795 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11796 return Res; 11797 } 11798 11799 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11800 /// 11801 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11802 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11803 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11804 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11805 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11806 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11807 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11808 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11809 11810 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11811 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11812 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11813 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11814 11815 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11816 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11817 D.setInvalidType(); 11818 T = Context.IntTy; 11819 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11820 } 11821 } 11822 11823 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11824 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11825 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11826 D.setInvalidType(); 11827 } 11828 11829 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11830 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11831 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11832 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11833 D.setInvalidType(); 11834 } 11835 11836 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11837 11838 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11839 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11840 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11841 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11842 11843 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11844 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11845 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11846 LookupName(Previous, S); 11847 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11848 case LookupResult::Found: 11849 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11850 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11851 break; 11852 11853 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11854 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11855 break; 11856 11857 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11858 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11859 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11860 break; 11861 } 11862 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11863 11864 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11865 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11866 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11867 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11868 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11869 } 11870 11871 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11872 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11873 11874 bool Mutable 11875 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11876 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11877 FieldDecl *NewFD 11878 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11879 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11880 11881 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11882 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11883 11884 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11885 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11886 11887 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11888 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11889 // with the same name in the same scope. 11890 } else if (II) { 11891 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11892 } else 11893 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11894 11895 return NewFD; 11896 } 11897 11898 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11899 /// 11900 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11901 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11902 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11903 /// created. 11904 /// 11905 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11906 /// 11907 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11908 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11909 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11910 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11911 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11912 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11913 SourceLocation TSSL, 11914 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11915 Declarator *D) { 11916 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11917 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11918 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11919 11920 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11921 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11922 if (T.isNull()) { 11923 InvalidDecl = true; 11924 T = Context.IntTy; 11925 } 11926 11927 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11928 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11929 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11930 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11931 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11932 InvalidDecl = true; 11933 } else { 11934 NamedDecl *Def; 11935 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11936 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11937 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11938 InvalidDecl = true; 11939 } 11940 } 11941 } 11942 11943 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11944 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11945 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11946 InvalidDecl = true; 11947 } 11948 11949 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11950 // than a variably modified type. 11951 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11952 bool SizeIsNegative; 11953 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11954 11955 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11956 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11957 SizeIsNegative, 11958 Oversized); 11959 if (FixedTInfo) { 11960 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11961 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11962 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11963 } else { 11964 if (SizeIsNegative) 11965 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11966 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11967 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11968 << Oversized.toString(10); 11969 else 11970 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11971 InvalidDecl = true; 11972 } 11973 } 11974 11975 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11976 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11977 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11978 AbstractFieldType)) 11979 InvalidDecl = true; 11980 11981 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11982 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11983 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11984 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11985 &ZeroWidth).get(); 11986 if (!BitWidth) { 11987 InvalidDecl = true; 11988 BitWidth = nullptr; 11989 ZeroWidth = false; 11990 } 11991 } 11992 11993 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11994 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11995 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11996 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11997 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11998 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11999 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12000 12001 if (DiagID) { 12002 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12003 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12004 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12005 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12006 Mutable = false; 12007 InvalidDecl = true; 12008 } 12009 } 12010 12011 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12012 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12013 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12014 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12015 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12016 12017 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12018 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12019 if (InvalidDecl) 12020 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12021 12022 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12023 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12024 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12025 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12026 } 12027 12028 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12029 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12030 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12031 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12032 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12033 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12034 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12035 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12036 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12037 // objects. 12038 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12039 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12040 } 12041 } 12042 12043 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12044 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12045 // enabled. 12046 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12047 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12048 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12049 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12050 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12051 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12052 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12053 } 12054 } 12055 } 12056 12057 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12058 // representation, not a parser representation. 12059 if (D) { 12060 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12061 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12062 12063 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12064 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12065 } 12066 12067 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12068 // retainable type. 12069 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12070 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12071 12072 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12073 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12074 12075 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12076 return NewFD; 12077 } 12078 12079 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12080 assert(FD); 12081 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12082 12083 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12084 return false; 12085 12086 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12087 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12088 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12089 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12090 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12091 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12092 // copy constructors. 12093 12094 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12095 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12096 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12097 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12098 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12099 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12100 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12101 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12102 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12103 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12104 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12105 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12106 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12107 member = CXXDestructor; 12108 12109 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12110 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12111 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12112 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12113 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12114 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12115 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12116 // members unavailable. 12117 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12118 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12119 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12120 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12121 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12122 Loc)); 12123 return false; 12124 } 12125 } 12126 12127 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12128 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12129 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12130 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12131 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12132 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12133 } 12134 } 12135 } 12136 12137 return false; 12138 } 12139 12140 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12141 /// AST enum value. 12142 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12143 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12144 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12145 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12146 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12147 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12148 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12149 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12150 } 12151 } 12152 12153 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12154 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12155 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12156 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12157 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12158 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12159 12160 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12161 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12162 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12163 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12164 12165 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12166 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12167 12168 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12169 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12170 12171 if (BitWidth) { 12172 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12173 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12174 if (!BitWidth) 12175 D.setInvalidType(); 12176 } else { 12177 // Not a bitfield. 12178 12179 // validate II. 12180 12181 } 12182 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12183 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12184 D.setInvalidType(); 12185 } 12186 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12187 // than a variably modified type. 12188 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12189 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12190 D.setInvalidType(); 12191 } 12192 12193 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12194 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12195 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12196 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12197 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12198 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12199 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12200 return nullptr; 12201 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12202 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12203 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12204 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12205 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12206 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12207 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12208 } 12209 else 12210 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12211 } else { 12212 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12213 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12214 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12215 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12216 return nullptr; 12217 } 12218 } 12219 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12220 } 12221 12222 // Construct the decl. 12223 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12224 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12225 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12226 12227 if (II) { 12228 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12229 ForRedeclaration); 12230 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12231 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12232 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12233 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12234 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12235 } 12236 } 12237 12238 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12239 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12240 12241 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12242 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12243 12244 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12245 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12246 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12247 12248 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12249 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12250 12251 if (II) { 12252 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12253 // these to the interface. 12254 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12255 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12256 } 12257 12258 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12259 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12260 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12261 12262 return NewID; 12263 } 12264 12265 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12266 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12267 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12268 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12269 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12270 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12271 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12272 return; 12273 12274 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12275 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12276 12277 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12278 return; 12279 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12280 if (!ID) { 12281 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12282 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12283 return; 12284 } 12285 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12286 else 12287 return; 12288 } 12289 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12290 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12291 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12292 12293 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12294 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12295 Context.CharTy, 12296 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12297 DeclLoc), 12298 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12299 true); 12300 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12301 } 12302 12303 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12304 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12305 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12306 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12307 12308 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12309 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12310 // it will now change. 12311 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12312 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12313 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12314 default: break; 12315 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12316 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12317 break; 12318 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12319 Context. 12320 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12321 break; 12322 } 12323 } 12324 12325 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12326 12327 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12328 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12329 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12330 if (Record) { 12331 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12332 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12333 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12334 ++NumNamedMembers; 12335 } 12336 } 12337 12338 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12339 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12340 12341 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12342 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12343 i != end; ++i) { 12344 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12345 12346 // Get the type for the field. 12347 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12348 12349 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12350 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12351 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12352 } 12353 12354 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12355 // diagnostics about it. 12356 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12357 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12358 continue; 12359 } 12360 12361 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12362 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12363 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12364 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12365 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12366 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12367 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12368 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12369 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12370 // array. 12371 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12372 // Field declared as a function. 12373 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12374 << FD->getDeclName(); 12375 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12376 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12377 continue; 12378 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12379 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12380 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12381 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12382 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12383 // Flexible array member. 12384 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12385 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12386 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12387 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12388 if (Record->isUnion()) 12389 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12390 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12391 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12392 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12393 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12394 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12395 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12396 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12397 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12398 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12399 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12400 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12401 : 0; 12402 12403 if (DiagID) 12404 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12405 << Record->getTagKind(); 12406 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12407 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12408 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12409 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12410 // of the type. 12411 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12412 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12413 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12414 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12415 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12416 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12417 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12418 12419 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12420 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12421 // 12422 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12423 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12424 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12425 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12426 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12427 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12428 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12429 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12430 continue; 12431 } 12432 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12433 if (Record) 12434 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12435 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12436 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12437 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12438 // Incomplete type 12439 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12440 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12441 continue; 12442 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12443 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12444 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 12445 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 12446 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12447 } else { 12448 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12449 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12450 // structures. 12451 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12452 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12453 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12454 else { 12455 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12456 // other structs as an extension. 12457 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12458 << FD->getDeclName(); 12459 if (Record) 12460 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12461 } 12462 } 12463 } 12464 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12465 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12466 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12467 AbstractIvarType)) { 12468 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12469 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12470 } 12471 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12472 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12473 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12474 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12475 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12476 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12477 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12478 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12479 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12480 FD->setType(T); 12481 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12482 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12483 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12484 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12485 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12486 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12487 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12488 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12489 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12490 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12491 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12492 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12493 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12494 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12495 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12496 loc)); 12497 } 12498 } else { 12499 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12500 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12501 } 12502 ARCErrReported = true; 12503 } 12504 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12505 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12506 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12507 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12508 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12509 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12510 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12511 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12512 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12513 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12514 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12515 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12516 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12517 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12518 } 12519 } 12520 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12521 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12522 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12523 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12524 ++NumNamedMembers; 12525 } 12526 12527 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12528 if (Record) { 12529 bool Completed = false; 12530 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12531 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12532 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12533 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12534 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12535 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12536 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12537 12538 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12539 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12540 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12541 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12542 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12543 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12544 } 12545 12546 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12547 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12548 12549 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12550 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12551 // problem now. 12552 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12553 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12554 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12555 12556 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12557 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12558 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12559 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12560 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12561 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12562 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12563 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12564 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12565 continue; 12566 12567 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12568 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12569 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12570 // program is ill-formed. 12571 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12572 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12573 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12574 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12575 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12576 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12577 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12578 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12579 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12580 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12581 12582 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12583 } 12584 } 12585 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12586 Completed = true; 12587 } 12588 } 12589 } 12590 } 12591 12592 if (!Completed) 12593 Record->completeDefinition(); 12594 12595 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12596 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12597 12598 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12599 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12600 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12601 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12602 } 12603 12604 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12605 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12606 // compatibility problems. 12607 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12608 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12609 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12610 } else { 12611 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12612 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12613 CheckForZeroSize = 12614 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12615 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12616 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12617 } 12618 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12619 bool ZeroSize = true; 12620 bool IsEmpty = true; 12621 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12622 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12623 E = Record->field_end(); 12624 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12625 IsEmpty = false; 12626 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12627 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12628 ZeroSize = false; 12629 } else { 12630 ++NonBitFields; 12631 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12632 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12633 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12634 ZeroSize = false; 12635 } 12636 } 12637 12638 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12639 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12640 // extern "C" block. 12641 if (ZeroSize) { 12642 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12643 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12644 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12645 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12646 } 12647 12648 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12649 // but are accepted by GCC. 12650 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12651 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12652 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12653 << Record->isUnion(); 12654 } 12655 } 12656 } else { 12657 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12658 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12659 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12660 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12661 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12662 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12663 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12664 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12665 } 12666 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12667 // duplicates. 12668 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12669 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12670 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12671 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12672 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12673 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12674 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12675 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12676 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12677 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12678 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12679 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12680 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12681 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12682 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12683 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12684 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12685 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12686 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12687 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12688 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12689 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12690 if (IDecl) { 12691 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12692 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12693 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12694 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12695 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12696 continue; 12697 } 12698 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 12699 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12700 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12701 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12702 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12703 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12704 continue; 12705 } 12706 } 12707 } 12708 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12709 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12710 } 12711 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12712 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12713 } 12714 } 12715 12716 if (Attr) 12717 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12718 } 12719 12720 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12721 /// the given type T. 12722 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12723 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12724 QualType T) { 12725 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12726 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12727 12728 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12729 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12730 --BitWidth; 12731 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12732 } 12733 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12734 } 12735 12736 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12737 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12738 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12739 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12740 // enum checking below. 12741 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12742 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12743 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12744 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12745 }; 12746 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12747 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12748 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12749 }; 12750 12751 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12752 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12753 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12754 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12755 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12756 return Types[I]; 12757 12758 return QualType(); 12759 } 12760 12761 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12762 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12763 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12764 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12765 Expr *Val) { 12766 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12767 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12768 QualType EltTy; 12769 12770 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12771 Val = nullptr; 12772 12773 if (Val) 12774 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 12775 12776 if (Val) { 12777 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12778 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12779 else { 12780 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12781 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12782 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12783 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12784 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12785 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12786 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12787 ExprResult Converted = 12788 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12789 CCEK_Enumerator); 12790 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12791 Val = nullptr; 12792 else 12793 Val = Converted.get(); 12794 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12795 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12796 &EnumVal).get())) { 12797 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12798 } else { 12799 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12800 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12801 12802 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12803 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12804 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12805 // expression checking. 12806 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12807 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12808 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12809 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12810 } else 12811 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12812 } else 12813 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12814 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12815 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12816 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12817 // is the type of its initializing value: 12818 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12819 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12820 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12821 } else { 12822 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12823 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12824 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12825 // representable as an int. 12826 12827 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12828 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12829 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12830 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12831 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12832 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12833 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12834 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12835 } 12836 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12837 } 12838 } 12839 } 12840 } 12841 12842 if (!Val) { 12843 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12844 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12845 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12846 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12847 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12848 // is the type of its initializing value: 12849 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12850 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12851 // 12852 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12853 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12854 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12855 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12856 } 12857 else { 12858 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12859 } 12860 } else { 12861 // Assign the last value + 1. 12862 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12863 ++EnumVal; 12864 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12865 12866 // Check for overflow on increment. 12867 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12868 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12869 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12870 // is the type of its initializing value: 12871 // 12872 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12873 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12874 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12875 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12876 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12877 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12878 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12879 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12880 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12881 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12882 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12883 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12884 ++EnumVal; 12885 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12886 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12887 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12888 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12889 << EltTy; 12890 else 12891 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 12892 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12893 } else { 12894 EltTy = T; 12895 } 12896 12897 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12898 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12899 // value, then increment. 12900 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12901 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12902 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12903 ++EnumVal; 12904 12905 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12906 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12907 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12908 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12909 // integral type. 12910 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12911 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12912 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12913 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12914 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12915 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12916 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12917 } 12918 } 12919 } 12920 12921 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12922 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12923 // enumerator's type. 12924 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12925 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12926 } 12927 12928 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12929 Val, EnumVal); 12930 } 12931 12932 12933 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12934 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12935 AttributeList *Attr, 12936 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12937 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12938 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12939 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12940 12941 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12942 // we find one that is. 12943 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12944 12945 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12946 // scope. 12947 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12948 ForRedeclaration); 12949 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12950 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12951 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12952 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12953 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12954 } 12955 12956 if (PrevDecl) { 12957 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12958 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12959 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12960 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12961 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12962 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12963 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12964 else 12965 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12966 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12967 return nullptr; 12968 } 12969 } 12970 12971 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12972 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12973 // different from T: 12974 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12975 // enumerated type 12976 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12977 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12978 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12979 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12980 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12981 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12982 12983 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12984 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12985 12986 if (New) { 12987 // Process attributes. 12988 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12989 12990 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12991 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12992 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12993 } 12994 12995 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12996 12997 return New; 12998 } 12999 13000 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13001 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13002 // Element2 = Element1 13003 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13004 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13005 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13006 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13007 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13008 if (!InitExpr) 13009 return true; 13010 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13011 13012 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13013 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13014 return true; 13015 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13016 if (!IL) 13017 return true; 13018 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13019 return true; 13020 13021 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13022 } 13023 13024 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13025 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13026 if (!DRE) 13027 return true; 13028 13029 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13030 if (!EnumConstant) 13031 return true; 13032 13033 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13034 Enum) 13035 return true; 13036 13037 return false; 13038 } 13039 13040 struct DupKey { 13041 int64_t val; 13042 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13043 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13044 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13045 }; 13046 13047 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13048 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13049 false); 13050 } 13051 13052 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13053 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13054 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13055 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13056 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13057 } 13058 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13059 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13060 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13061 } 13062 }; 13063 13064 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13065 // a previous element has already been set to. 13066 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13067 EnumDecl *Enum, 13068 QualType EnumType) { 13069 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13070 return; 13071 // Avoid anonymous enums 13072 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13073 return; 13074 13075 // Only check for small enums. 13076 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13077 return; 13078 13079 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13080 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13081 13082 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13083 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13084 ValueToVectorMap; 13085 13086 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13087 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13088 13089 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13090 // an initialier. 13091 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13092 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13093 13094 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13095 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13096 if (!ECD) { 13097 return; 13098 } 13099 13100 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13101 continue; 13102 13103 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13104 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13105 13106 // First time encountering this value. 13107 if (Entry.isNull()) 13108 Entry = ECD; 13109 } 13110 13111 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13112 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13113 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13114 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13115 continue; 13116 13117 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13118 13119 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13120 if (Entry.isNull()) 13121 continue; 13122 13123 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13124 // Ensure constants are different. 13125 if (D == ECD) 13126 continue; 13127 13128 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13129 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13130 Vec->push_back(D); 13131 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13132 13133 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13134 Entry = Vec; 13135 13136 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13137 // diagnostics. 13138 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13139 continue; 13140 } 13141 13142 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13143 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13144 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13145 continue; 13146 13147 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13148 } 13149 13150 // Emit diagnostics. 13151 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13152 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13153 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13154 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13155 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13156 13157 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13158 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13159 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13160 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13161 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13162 ++I; 13163 13164 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13165 // the same value. 13166 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13167 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13168 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13169 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13170 delete Vec; 13171 } 13172 } 13173 13174 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13175 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13176 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13177 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13178 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13179 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13180 13181 if (Attr) 13182 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13183 13184 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13185 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13186 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13187 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13188 if (!ECD) continue; 13189 13190 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13191 } 13192 13193 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13194 return; 13195 } 13196 13197 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13198 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13199 // emit a warning. 13200 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13201 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13202 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13203 13204 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13205 // reverse the list. 13206 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13207 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13208 13209 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13210 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13211 13212 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13213 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13214 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13215 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13216 13217 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13218 13219 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13220 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13221 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13222 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13223 else 13224 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13225 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13226 13227 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13228 if (AllElementsInt) 13229 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13230 } 13231 13232 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13233 QualType BestType; 13234 unsigned BestWidth; 13235 13236 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13237 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13238 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13239 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13240 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13241 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13242 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13243 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13244 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13245 QualType BestPromotionType; 13246 13247 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13248 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13249 // enum definitions. 13250 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13251 Packed = true; 13252 13253 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13254 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13255 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13256 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13257 else 13258 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13259 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 13260 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 13261 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 13262 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13263 } 13264 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13265 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13266 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13267 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13268 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13269 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13270 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13271 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13272 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13273 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13274 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13275 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13276 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13277 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13278 } else { 13279 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13280 13281 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13282 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13283 } else { 13284 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13285 13286 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13287 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13288 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13289 } 13290 } 13291 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13292 } else { 13293 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13294 // all of the enumerator values. 13295 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13296 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13297 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13298 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13299 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13300 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13301 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13302 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13303 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13304 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13305 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13306 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13307 BestPromotionType 13308 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13309 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13310 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13311 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13312 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13313 BestPromotionType 13314 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13315 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13316 } else { 13317 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13318 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13319 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13320 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13321 BestPromotionType 13322 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13323 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13324 } 13325 } 13326 13327 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13328 // the type of the enum if needed. 13329 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13330 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13331 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13332 13333 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13334 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13335 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13336 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13337 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13338 13339 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13340 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13341 13342 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13343 // the enum decl type. 13344 QualType NewTy; 13345 unsigned NewWidth; 13346 bool NewSign; 13347 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13348 !Enum->isFixed() && 13349 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13350 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13351 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13352 NewSign = true; 13353 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13354 // Already the right type! 13355 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13356 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13357 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13358 // enumeration. 13359 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13360 continue; 13361 } else { 13362 NewTy = BestType; 13363 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13364 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13365 } 13366 13367 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13368 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13369 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13370 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13371 13372 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13373 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13374 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13375 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13376 CK_IntegralCast, 13377 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13378 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13379 VK_RValue)); 13380 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13381 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13382 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13383 // enumeration. 13384 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13385 else 13386 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13387 } 13388 13389 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13390 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13391 13392 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13393 13394 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13395 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13396 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13397 } 13398 13399 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13400 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13401 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13402 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13403 13404 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13405 AsmString, StartLoc, 13406 EndLoc); 13407 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13408 return New; 13409 } 13410 13411 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13412 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13413 DeclContext *DC) { 13414 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13415 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13416 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13417 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13418 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13419 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13420 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13421 return; 13422 } 13423 break; 13424 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13425 break; 13426 } 13427 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13428 } 13429 13430 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13431 DC = DC->getParent(); 13432 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13433 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13434 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13435 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13436 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13437 << DC; 13438 } 13439 } 13440 13441 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13442 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13443 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13444 Module *Mod = 13445 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13446 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13447 if (!Mod) 13448 return true; 13449 13450 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13451 13452 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13453 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13454 // silently ignoring the import. 13455 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13456 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13457 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13458 13459 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13460 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13461 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13462 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13463 // We need the length to be consistent. 13464 if (!ModCheck) 13465 break; 13466 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13467 13468 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13469 } 13470 13471 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13472 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13473 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13474 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13475 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13476 return Import; 13477 } 13478 13479 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13480 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13481 13482 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13483 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13484 /*Complain=*/true); 13485 } 13486 13487 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13488 Module *Mod) { 13489 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13490 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13491 return; 13492 13493 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13494 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13495 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13496 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13497 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13498 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13499 13500 // Make the module visible. 13501 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13502 /*Complain=*/false); 13503 } 13504 13505 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13506 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13507 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13508 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13509 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13510 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13511 LookupOrdinaryName); 13512 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13513 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13514 13515 if (PrevDecl) 13516 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13517 else 13518 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13519 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13520 } 13521 13522 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13523 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13524 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13525 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13526 13527 if (PrevDecl) { 13528 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13529 } else { 13530 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13531 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13532 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13533 } 13534 } 13535 13536 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13537 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13538 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13539 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13540 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13541 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13542 LookupOrdinaryName); 13543 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13544 13545 if (PrevDecl) { 13546 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13547 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13548 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13549 } else { 13550 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13551 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13552 } 13553 } 13554 13555 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13556 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13557 } 13558 13559 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13560 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13561 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13562 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13563 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13564 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13565 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13566 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13567 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13568 if (R != AR_Available) 13569 return R; 13570 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13571 } 13572 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13573 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13574 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13575 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13576 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13577 } 13578 return D->getAvailability(); 13579 } 13580